Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

we're on the way to Tim's

  • 1 way

    I [weɪ]
    1) (route, road) strada f., via f.

    to live over the waycolloq. abitare di fronte

    the way ahead looks difficultfig. il futuro si preannuncia difficile

    the way forwardfig. il modo per andare avanti

    "way in" — "entrata"

    there's no way outfig. non c'è via d'uscita

    the way up — la strada che porta su, la salita

    on the way — per strada, in viaggio

    to go on one's way — mettersi in viaggio, partire

    to send sb. on his way — mandare via qcn.

    to be well on the o one's way to doing essere sul punto di fare; to be on the way out fig. passare di moda; she's got two kids and another one on the way colloq. ha due figli e un altro in arrivo; to be out of sb.'s way non essere sulla strada di qcn.; don't go out of your way to do non sforzarti di fare; to go out of one's way to do fare tutto il possibile per fare; out of the way (isolated) fuori mano; (unusual) fuori del comune; along the way lungo la strada; fig. strada facendo; by way of (via) passando per o da; to go one's own way fig. andare per la propria strada; to go the way of sb., sth. fare la fine di qcn., qcs.; to make one's way towards dirigersi verso; to make one's own way in life — farsi strada nella vita

    2) (direction) direzione f., senso m.

    come o step this way venga da questa parte; "this way for the zoo" "allo zoo"; "this way up" "su"; to look this way and that guardare da tutte le parti; to look the other way (to see) guardare dall'altra parte; (to avoid seeing unpleasant thing) girarsi dall'altra parte; fig. (to ignore) chiudere un occhio; to go every which way andare in tutte le direzioni; the other way up nell'altro senso; the right way up nel senso giusto; the wrong way up nel senso sbagliato, al contrario; to turn sth. the other way around girare qcs. al contrario; I didn't ask her, it was the other way around è stata lei a chiedermelo, non io; you're Ben and you're Tom, is that the right way around? tu sei Ben, e tu Tom, giusto? if you're ever down our way se per caso capiti dalle nostre parti; he's coming our way sta venendo verso di noi; an opportunity came my way mi si è presentata un'occasione; to put sth. sb.'s way colloq. rifilare o mollare qcs. a qcn.; everything's going my way — mi sta andando tutto per il verso giusto

    3) (space in front, projected route) passaggio m.

    to be in sb.'s way — bloccare la strada a qcn.

    to get out of sb.'s way — lasciare passare qcn.

    to keep out of sb.'s way — stare alla larga da qcn.

    to keep sth. out of sb.'s way — (to avoid injury, harm) tenere qcs. fuori dalla portata di qcn.

    to make wayfare strada (for sb., sth. a qcn., qcs.)

    4) (distance) distanza f., cammino m.

    it's a long wayci vuole molto (to per andare fino a)

    we still have some way to go before gettingfig. abbiamo ancora un po' di strada da fare prima di arrivare

    5) (manner) modo m., maniera f.

    to do sth. the English way — fare qcs. all'inglese

    to do sth. the right way — fare qcs. nel modo giusto

    in his o her o its own way a modo suo; to have a way with sth. saperci fare con qcs.; she certainly has a way with her BE colloq. sicuramente ci sa fare; a way of doing (method) un metodo o sistema per fare; (means) un modo per fare; there's no way of knowing non c'è modo o verso di sapere; to my way of thinking a mio modo di vedere; that's the way to do it! così si fa! that's the way! così! bene! I like the way he dresses mi piace il suo modo di vestire; whichever way you look at it da tutti i punti di vista; either way, she's wrong in tutti e due i casi, ha torto; one way or another in un modo o nell'altro; one way and another it's been rather eventful nel complesso è stato piuttosto movimentato; I don't care one way or the other in un modo o nell'altro per me è lo stesso; no two ways about it non ci sono dubbi; you can't have it both ways non puoi avere la botte piena e la moglie ubriaca, non si può avere tutto; no way! — colloq. assolutamente no!

    6) (respect, aspect) senso m., aspetto m., verso m.

    in some ways — in un certo senso, per certi versi

    in no way o not in any way in nessun modo; this is in no way a criticism questo non vuole affatto essere una critica; not much in the way of news non ci sono molte notizie; what have you got in the way of drinks? cosa avete da bere? by way of light relief — a mo' di distrazione

    7) (custom, manner) usanza f., abitudine f.
    8) (will, desire)

    to get one's way o to have one's own way fare di testa propria; she likes (to have) her own way le piace fare di testa sua; if I had my way se potessi fare di testa mia o a modo mio; have it your (own) way — (fai) come vuoi o come preferisci

    II [weɪ]
    1)

    to be way out(in guess, estimate) [ person] essere completamente fuori strada

    2) by the way [ mention] en passant, di sfuggita

    what time is it, by the way? — a proposito, che ore sono?

    * * *
    [wei] 1. noun
    1) (an opening or passageway: This is the way in/out; There's no way through.) via, passaggio
    2) (a route, direction etc: Which way shall we go?; Which is the way to Princes Street?; His house is on the way from here to the school; Will you be able to find your/the way to my house?; Your house is on my way home; The errand took me out of my way; a motorway.) strada
    3) (used in the names of roads: His address is 21 Melville Way.) via
    4) (a distance: It's a long way to the school; The nearest shops are only a short way away.) distanza
    5) (a method or manner: What is the easiest way to write a book?; I know a good way of doing it; He's got a funny way of talking; This is the quickest way to chop onions.) modo
    6) (an aspect or side of something: In some ways this job is quite difficult; In a way I feel sorry for him.) modo
    7) (a characteristic of behaviour; a habit: He has some rather unpleasant ways.) maniera
    8) (used with many verbs to give the idea of progressing or moving: He pushed his way through the crowd; They soon ate their way through the food.) strada
    2. adverb
    ((especially American) by a long distance or time; far: The winner finished the race way ahead of the other competitors; It's way past your bedtime.) (lontano)
    - wayside
    - be/get on one's way
    - by the way
    - fall by the wayside
    - get/have one's own way
    - get into / out of the way of doing something
    - get into / out of the way of something
    - go out of one's way
    - have a way with
    - have it one's own way
    - in a bad way
    - in
    - out of the/someone's way
    - lose one's way
    - make one's way
    - make way for
    - make way
    - under way
    - way of life
    - ways and means
    * * *
    I [weɪ]
    1) (route, road) strada f., via f.

    to live over the waycolloq. abitare di fronte

    the way ahead looks difficultfig. il futuro si preannuncia difficile

    the way forwardfig. il modo per andare avanti

    "way in" — "entrata"

    there's no way outfig. non c'è via d'uscita

    the way up — la strada che porta su, la salita

    on the way — per strada, in viaggio

    to go on one's way — mettersi in viaggio, partire

    to send sb. on his way — mandare via qcn.

    to be well on the o one's way to doing essere sul punto di fare; to be on the way out fig. passare di moda; she's got two kids and another one on the way colloq. ha due figli e un altro in arrivo; to be out of sb.'s way non essere sulla strada di qcn.; don't go out of your way to do non sforzarti di fare; to go out of one's way to do fare tutto il possibile per fare; out of the way (isolated) fuori mano; (unusual) fuori del comune; along the way lungo la strada; fig. strada facendo; by way of (via) passando per o da; to go one's own way fig. andare per la propria strada; to go the way of sb., sth. fare la fine di qcn., qcs.; to make one's way towards dirigersi verso; to make one's own way in life — farsi strada nella vita

    2) (direction) direzione f., senso m.

    come o step this way venga da questa parte; "this way for the zoo" "allo zoo"; "this way up" "su"; to look this way and that guardare da tutte le parti; to look the other way (to see) guardare dall'altra parte; (to avoid seeing unpleasant thing) girarsi dall'altra parte; fig. (to ignore) chiudere un occhio; to go every which way andare in tutte le direzioni; the other way up nell'altro senso; the right way up nel senso giusto; the wrong way up nel senso sbagliato, al contrario; to turn sth. the other way around girare qcs. al contrario; I didn't ask her, it was the other way around è stata lei a chiedermelo, non io; you're Ben and you're Tom, is that the right way around? tu sei Ben, e tu Tom, giusto? if you're ever down our way se per caso capiti dalle nostre parti; he's coming our way sta venendo verso di noi; an opportunity came my way mi si è presentata un'occasione; to put sth. sb.'s way colloq. rifilare o mollare qcs. a qcn.; everything's going my way — mi sta andando tutto per il verso giusto

    3) (space in front, projected route) passaggio m.

    to be in sb.'s way — bloccare la strada a qcn.

    to get out of sb.'s way — lasciare passare qcn.

    to keep out of sb.'s way — stare alla larga da qcn.

    to keep sth. out of sb.'s way — (to avoid injury, harm) tenere qcs. fuori dalla portata di qcn.

    to make wayfare strada (for sb., sth. a qcn., qcs.)

    4) (distance) distanza f., cammino m.

    it's a long wayci vuole molto (to per andare fino a)

    we still have some way to go before gettingfig. abbiamo ancora un po' di strada da fare prima di arrivare

    5) (manner) modo m., maniera f.

    to do sth. the English way — fare qcs. all'inglese

    to do sth. the right way — fare qcs. nel modo giusto

    in his o her o its own way a modo suo; to have a way with sth. saperci fare con qcs.; she certainly has a way with her BE colloq. sicuramente ci sa fare; a way of doing (method) un metodo o sistema per fare; (means) un modo per fare; there's no way of knowing non c'è modo o verso di sapere; to my way of thinking a mio modo di vedere; that's the way to do it! così si fa! that's the way! così! bene! I like the way he dresses mi piace il suo modo di vestire; whichever way you look at it da tutti i punti di vista; either way, she's wrong in tutti e due i casi, ha torto; one way or another in un modo o nell'altro; one way and another it's been rather eventful nel complesso è stato piuttosto movimentato; I don't care one way or the other in un modo o nell'altro per me è lo stesso; no two ways about it non ci sono dubbi; you can't have it both ways non puoi avere la botte piena e la moglie ubriaca, non si può avere tutto; no way! — colloq. assolutamente no!

    6) (respect, aspect) senso m., aspetto m., verso m.

    in some ways — in un certo senso, per certi versi

    in no way o not in any way in nessun modo; this is in no way a criticism questo non vuole affatto essere una critica; not much in the way of news non ci sono molte notizie; what have you got in the way of drinks? cosa avete da bere? by way of light relief — a mo' di distrazione

    7) (custom, manner) usanza f., abitudine f.
    8) (will, desire)

    to get one's way o to have one's own way fare di testa propria; she likes (to have) her own way le piace fare di testa sua; if I had my way se potessi fare di testa mia o a modo mio; have it your (own) way — (fai) come vuoi o come preferisci

    II [weɪ]
    1)

    to be way out(in guess, estimate) [ person] essere completamente fuori strada

    2) by the way [ mention] en passant, di sfuggita

    what time is it, by the way? — a proposito, che ore sono?

    English-Italian dictionary > way

  • 2 way

    /wei/ * danh từ - đường, đường đi, lối đi =way in+ lối vào =way out+ lối ra =way through+ lối đi qua =a public way+ con đường công cộng =covered way+ lối đi có mái che, nhà cầu =permanent way+ nền đường sắt (đã làm xong) =to be on one's way to+ trên đường đi tới =on the way+ dọc đường =to be under way+ đang đi, đang trên đường đi (nghĩa bóng) đang tiến hành =to lose one's+ lạc đường =to find way home+ tìm đường về nhà =to block (stop) the way+ ngăn (chặn, chắn) đường =to clear the way+ dọn đường; mở thông đường =to make the best of one's way+ đi thật nhanh =to make way for+ tránh đường cho, để cho qua =to pave the way for+ mở đường cho, chuẩn bị cho =in the way+ làm trở ngại, chặn lối, ngáng đường =to be in someone's way+ làm trở ngại ai, ngáng trở ai =to get out of the way of someone+ tránh khỏi đường đi của ai =to stand in the way of someone+ chặn đường (tiến lên) của ai - đoạn đường, quãng đường, khoảng cách =it's a long way from Hanoi+ cách Hà nội rất xa =to go a long way+ đi xa =to be still a long way off perfection+ còn xa mới hoàn mỹ được - phía, phương, hướng, chiều =the right way+ phía phải; (nghĩa bóng) con đường ngay, con đường đúng =the wrong way+ phía trái; (nghĩa bóng) con đường sai lầm =which way is the wind blowing?+ gió thổi theo phương nào? =this way+ hướng này =this way out+ đường ra phía này - cách, phương pháp, phương kế, biện pháp =in no way+ chẳng bằng cách nào =to go the right way to+ chọn cách tốt để =to go one's own way+ làm theo cách của mình =to see one's way to+ có cách để =to find way to+ tìm ra cách để =to have one's own way+ làm theo ý muốn; muốn gì được nấy =where there is a will there is a way+ có chí thì nên - cá tính, lề thói =in the way of business+ theo thói thường, theo lề thói =English ways of living+ lối sống Anh =in a friendly way+ một cách thân mật =way of speaking+ cách nói =it is his way+ đó là cá tính của nó =it is the way of the world+ lề thói chung là thế; mọi người cũng làm như thế cả =ways and customs+ phong tục lề thói =to be ignorant of the ways of society+ không biết phép xã giao - việc; phạm vi, thẩm quyền =it is not in my way; it does not lie (come, fall) in my way+ không phải việc của tôi; không thuộc thẩm quyền của tôi - (thông tục) vùng ở gần =to live somewhere Hanoi way+ ở đâu đó gần Hà nội - tình trạng, tình thế, tình hình; giả định, giả thuyết =to be in a bad way+ ở vào tình trạng xấu =to be in a fair way of (to)+ ở trong tình thế thuận lợi để - mức độ, chừng mực =in a small way+ ở mức thấp, tầm thường; nho nhỏ - loại =something in the way of stationery+ cái gì đó thuộc loại đồ dùng văn phòng - mặt, phương diện =in many ways+ về nhiều mặt =in no way+ chẳng mặt nào, tuyệt nhiên không - sự tiến bộ, sự thịnh vượng =to make one's [own] way+ làm ăn thịnh vượng =to make way+ tiến, tiến bộ - quy mô; ngành kinh doanh; phạm vi hoạt động =way of business+ ngành kinh doanh =to be in a large way of business+ kinh doanh quy mô lớn - (hàng hải) sự chạy; tốc độ =to gather way+ tăng tốc độ =to lose way+ giảm tốc độ =to get under way+ lên đường, khởi hành, nhổ neo; khởi công =to be under way; to have way on+ đang chạy (tàu thuỷ) - (từ Mỹ,nghĩa Mỹ) đằng =way ahead (back, down, off, up)+ đằng trước (đằng sau, phía dưới, đằng xa, phía trên) =to know someone way back in 1950+ quen biết người nào từ năm 1950 !by the way - (xem) by !by way of - đi qua, bằng con đường =by way of Haiphong+ bằng con đường Hải phòng, qua Hải phòng - như là, coi như là, như thể =by way of compliment+ như là một lời khen !the farthest way about is the nearest way home !the longest way round is the shortest way home - (tục ngữ) đường chính lại gần, đường tắt hoá xa !to give way - (xem) give !to go out of one's way to be rude - hỗn xược một cách vô cớ !to go the way of all the earth !to go the way of all flesh !to go the way of nature - (xem) go !to lead the way - (xem) lead !parting of the ways - (xem) parting !to put oneself out of the way - chịu phiền chịu khó để giúp người khác

    English-Vietnamese dictionary > way

  • 3 meno

    1. adv less
    il meno possibile as little as possible
    di meno at least
    a meno che unless
    per lo meno at least
    sono le sei meno un quarto it's a quarter to six
    sempre meno less and less
    fare a meno di qualcosa do without something
    venir meno alla parola data not keep one's word
    2. prep except
    * * *
    meno avv.compar.
    1 (in minor quantità o grado) less; not so... (as); not as... (as): dovresti lavorare (di) meno e riposare di più, you should work less and rest more; il viaggio di ritorno mi è sembrato meno lungo, the journey back didn't seem so long (to me); quest'anno ha piovuto (di) meno, it hasn't rained so much this year; non per questo è meno intelligente, he is no less intelligent for that // più o meno, poco più poco meno, more or less // chi più chi meno, more or less (o some more some less): tutti hanno contribuito, chi più chi meno, al buon esito dell'iniziativa, everyone more or less contributed to the success of the venture (o everyone contributed to the success of the venture, some more some less) // né più né meno, just, exactly: gli ho detto né più né meno come la pensavo, I told him just (o exactly) how I felt about it; le cose sono andate né più né meno così, that's exactly what happened
    2 (nel compar. di minoranza) less... (than); not so... (as), not as... (as): l'argento è meno prezioso dell'oro, silver is less precious than gold (o silver isn't as precious as gold); lui non è meno studioso di te, he studies just as much as you do (o he studies no less than you do); oggi è meno freddo di ieri, it isn't as cold today as it was yesterday (form. it is less cold than yesterday); il traffico era meno intenso del solito, the traffic wasn't as heavy as usual (o was less heavy than usual); è andata meno bene del previsto, it didn't go as well as expected
    3 (correl.) (quanto) meno... (tanto) meno: the less... the less: meno si lavora, meno si lavorerebbe, the less you work, the less you feel like working; meno studi, meno impari, the less you study, the less you learn
    4 (nel superl. di minoranza) the least; (fra due) the less: tra tutte le conferenze, questa è stata la meno interessante, of all the lectures, this was the least interesting; la meno preparata delle due squadre, the less fit of the (two) teams; ho intenzione di scegliere la macchina che costa meno, I'm going to choose the car that costs the least (o the cheapest car); cerca di affaticarti il meno possibile, try to tire yourself as little as possible
    5 (con valore di no) not: fammi sapere se verrai o meno, let me know whether or not you're coming; mi domando se valga la pena o meno di accettare, I wonder whether or not it's worth accepting; mi hanno accreditato mille euro, meno le spese bancarie, my account was credited with one thousand euros, minus bank charges
    6 (mat.) minus: sette meno tre è uguale a quattro, seven minus three is four (o three from seven leaves four) // la temperatura è meno due, the temperature is two degrees below zero // ci sono cinque euro in meno, di meno, (mancano cinque euro) there's five euros missing; ho speso dieci euro in meno, I spent ten euros less; uno di meno!, one less!; non eravamo in meno di otto, there were no less than eight of us // se avessi vent'anni di meno!, if only I were twenty years younger! // sono le otto meno cinque, it's five to eight
    prep. (tranne) but, except: c'erano tutti meno loro, everyone was there except (o but) them; il museo è aperto tutti i giorni meno il lunedì, the museum is open every day but (o except) Monday; ho pensato a tutto meno che a fare i biglietti, I saw to everything except the tickets.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: tanto meno, ancora meno, even less: non ho accettato finora, tanto meno accetterei adesso, I haven't accepted so far, and now I've got even less reason to accept // meno che mai, men che meno, let alone: non sa parlare l'italiano, meno che mai l'inglese, he can't even speak Italian, let alone English // quanto meno, (perlomeno) at least: avresti potuto quanto meno farmi una telefonata, you could at least have phoned me // fare a meno di qlcu., di (fare) qlco., to do without s.o., (doing) sthg.: non potrei fare a meno di lui, I couldn't do without him; non potei fare a meno di ridere, I couldn't help laughing // venire meno, (venire a mancare) to fail; (svenire) to faint; mi venne meno il coraggio, my courage failed me; a quella notizia, mi sentii venire meno, I felt as if I was going to faint when I heard the news // venire meno alla parola data, to break one's word // essere da meno (di qlcu.), to be less than s.o. // senza meno, (region.) certainly, for sure: le telefonerò domani senza meno, I'll phone her tomorrow for sure; a meno che, a meno di, unless: lo spettacolo si terrà all'aperto, a meno che non piova, the performance will take place outdoors, unless it rains; non farei mai una cosa simile, a meno di non esservi costretto, I would never do such a thing, unless I was forced to // niente meno nientedimeno // per lo meno perlomeno.
    meno agg.compar.invar. less; not so much, not as much; (con s. pl.) fewer; not so many, not as many: c'è meno traffico sulle strade rispetto a ieri, there's less traffic on the roads than yesterday (o there isn't as much traffic on the roads as yesterday); oggi c'è meno gente in giro, there are fewer people (o there aren't so many people) about today; se prendi l'autostrada impiegherai meno tempo, it will take you less time (o it won't take you so long) if you use the motorway; c'erano meno italiani e più stranieri, there were fewer Italians and more foreigners; ha meno amici che nemici, he has fewer friends than enemies; loro hanno meno preoccupazioni di noi, they have fewer worries than we have (o they haven't so many worries as we have); questa volta hai fatto meno errori, this time you made fewer mistakes (o you didn't make so many mistakes) // meno storie!, stop making a fuss! // meno male, thank goodness; just as well; it's a good job (o a good thing); not so bad: meno male che non si è fatto niente, thank goodness he wasn't hurt; meno male che siete arrivati in tempo, it's a good job you arrived in time; meno male, poteva andar peggio!, not so bad, things could have been worse!
    s.m.
    1 (con valore di compar.) less, not as much: ho fatto meno di quanto avrei voluto, I did less than (o I didn't do as much as) I would have liked; ha mangiato meno del solito, he ate less than usual (o he didn't eat as much as usual); meno di così non si poteva dare, you couldn't give less than that; si accontenterebbe di molto meno, he would be satisfied with much less; oggi ho dovuto aspettare molto meno, today I didn't have nearly so long to wait (o I had much less to wait); ci vorranno non meno di tre ore per arrivare, it will take no less than three hours to get there; finirò il lavoro in meno di un mese, I shall finish the job in less than a month; arriverà tra non meno di due settimane, he won't be here for a fortnight // a meno, per meno, (a minor prezzo) for less (o cheaper): vendere, acquistare per meno, to sell, to purchase for less // in men che non si dica, in less than no time
    2 (con valore di superl.) the least; as little as: questo è il meno che tu possa fare, that's the least you can do; era il meno che gli potesse capitare, it was the least that could happen to him; vorrei spendere il meno possibile, I'd like to spend as little as possible // parlare del più e del meno, to talk of this and that // quando meno ci si pensa..., when you least expect...
    3 (mat.) minus: il segno del meno, the minus sign
    4 pl.: i meno, (la minoranza) the minority; i deputati che votarono a favore della proposta di legge erano i meno, the MP s who voted in favour of the bill were in the minority.
    * * *
    ['meno]
    1. avv
    1) less

    meno caro — less expensive, cheaper

    è meno alto di suo fratello/di quel che pensavo — he is not as tall as his brother/as I thought, he is less tall than his brother/than I thought

    ha due anni meno di me — he's two years younger than me

    dovresti mangiare meno — you should eat less, you shouldn't eat so much

    meno ne discutiamo, meglio è — the less we talk about it, the better

    deve avere non meno di trent'anni — he must be at least thirty

    meno fumo più mangio — the less I smoke the more I eat

    andare all'università diventa sempre meno facile — it's getting less and less easy to go to university

    ho speso (di) meno — I spent less

    arrivo tra meno di un'ora — I'll be there in less than o in under an hour

    3) (sottrazione) Mat minus, less

    5 meno 2 — 5 minus 2, 5 take away 2

    mi hai dato due carte di meno — you gave me two cards too few

    eh, se avessi dieci anni di meno! — oh, if only I were ten years younger!

    ho una sterlina in meno — I am one pound short

    ci sono meno 25° — it's minus 25°, it is 25° below (zero)

    4)

    (fraseologia) non è da meno di lui — she is (every bit) as good as he is

    non voglio essere da meno di lui — I don't want to be outdone by him

    fare a meno di — to do o manage without

    se non c'è zucchero ne faremo a meno — if there isn't any sugar we'll do without

    potresti fare a meno di fumare in macchina? — would you mind not smoking in the car?

    non ho potuto fare a meno di ridere — I couldn't help laughing

    in men che non si dica — in less than no time, quick as a flash

    meno male! — good!, thank goodness!, just as well!

    meno male che sei arrivato — it's a good job that you have come

    men che meno gli inglesi — least of all the English

    fammi sapere se verrai o meno — let me know if you are coming or not

    quanto meno poteva avvertire — he could at least have let us know

    non mi piace come scrive e tanto meno come parla — I don't like the way he writes let alone the way he talks

    2. agg inv
    (acqua, lavoro, soldi) less, (persone, libri, errori) fewer

    meno bambini ci sono, meglio è — the fewer children there are the better

    meno storie! — stop messing around!

    3. sm inv
    1)

    (la minor cosa) il meno — the least

    era il meno che ti potesse capitare — (rimprovero) you were asking for it

    parlare del più e del meno — to talk about this and that

    i meno — (la minoranza) the minority

    2) Mat minus (sign)
    4. prep
    (fuorché, eccetto che) except (for)

    a meno che non faccia caldo — unless it is hot

    a meno di prendere un giorno di ferie — unless I (o you ecc) take a day off

    ci siamo tutti meno lui — we are all here except (for) him

    tutti meno uno — all but one

    * * *
    ['meno] 1.

    guadagno meno di lei — I earn less than she does, I don't earn as much as she does

    meno se ne parla, meglio è — the less said about that, the better

    meno esco, meno ho voglia di uscire — the less I go out, the less I feel like going out

    meno di due oreunder o less than two hours

    (il) meno, (la) meno, (i) meno, (le) meno — the least

    6) (in correlazione con "più")

    né più, né meno — neither more, nor less

    centimetro più, centimetro meno — give or take an inch (or two)

    ho fatto una torta anche io per non essere da meno — I made a cake as well, just to keep up

    10) a meno di short of
    11) a meno che unless
    12) sempre meno less and less
    13) meno male thank goodness
    14) quanto meno, per lo meno at least

    non l'ho mai visto, tanto meno gli ho parlato — I've never seen him, much less spoken to him

    era troppo malata per stare in piedi, tanto meno per camminare — she was too ill to stand let alone walk

    16) più o meno more or less, about, roughly, round about

    "ti è piaciuto il film?" - "più o meno" — "did you enjoy the film?" - "sort of"

    2.
    aggettivo invariabile
    3.
    1) (in una sottrazione) from, minus

    20 meno 5 fa 15 — 5 from 20 leaves 15, 20 minus 5 is 15, 20 take away 5 is 15

    2) (tranne, eccetto) but, besides, except
    4.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile
    1) (la cosa, quantità minore) least
    2) mat. minus (sign)
    ••

    parlare del più e del meno — to talk about this and that, to shoot the breeze AE

    in men che non si dica — before you could say knife, in the bat o wink of an eye, in (less than) no time

    fare a meno dito manage o do without, to dispense with [auto, servizi]

    ••
    Note:
    Meno è usato principalmente come avverbio e come aggettivo, anche con valore pronominale. - Come avverbio, si rende con less quando introduce un comparativo di minoranza e con (the) least quando introduce un superlativo di minoranza: less è seguito da than, the least è seguito da of oppure in (se ci si riferisce a un luogo o un gruppo). Gli esempi nella voce mostrano anche che il comparativo di minoranza è spesso sostituito in inglese dalla variante negativa di un comparativo di uguaglianza: ho meno esperienza di te = I have less experience than you, oppure: I don't have as much experience as you; la mia stanza è meno grande della tua = my bedroom isn't as big as yours. - Come aggettivo, in inglese standard meno si traduce con less davanti e al posto di sostantivi non numerabili ( meno denaro = less money; ne ho meno di ieri = I have less than yesterday), mentre davanti e al posto di sostantivi plurali si usa fewer con valore comparativo ( meno studenti = fewer students; non meno di = no fewer than) e (the) fewest con valore superlativo ( ho fatto meno errori di tutti = I made the fewest mistakes; ne ha dati meno di tutti = he gave the fewest); tuttavia, nel linguaggio parlato less tende a sostituire fewer anche con riferimento plurale: meno persone = less people. - Per altri esempi e per l'uso di meno come preposizione e sostantivo, si veda la voce qui sotto
    * * *
    meno
    /'meno/
    Meno è usato principalmente come avverbio e come aggettivo, anche con valore pronominale. - Come avverbio, si rende con less quando introduce un comparativo di minoranza e con (the) least quando introduce un superlativo di minoranza: less è seguito da than, the least è seguito da of oppure in (se ci si riferisce a un luogo o un gruppo). Gli esempi nella voce mostrano anche che il comparativo di minoranza è spesso sostituito in inglese dalla variante negativa di un comparativo di uguaglianza: ho meno esperienza di te = I have less experience than you, oppure: I don't have as much experience as you; la mia stanza è meno grande della tua = my bedroom isn't as big as yours. - Come aggettivo, in inglese standard meno si traduce con less davanti e al posto di sostantivi non numerabili ( meno denaro = less money; ne ho meno di ieri = I have less than yesterday), mentre davanti e al posto di sostantivi plurali si usa fewer con valore comparativo ( meno studenti = fewer students; non meno di = no fewer than) e (the) fewest con valore superlativo ( ho fatto meno errori di tutti = I made the fewest mistakes; ne ha dati meno di tutti = he gave the fewest); tuttavia, nel linguaggio parlato less tende a sostituire fewer anche con riferimento plurale: meno persone = less people. - Per altri esempi e per l'uso di meno come preposizione e sostantivo, si veda la voce qui sotto.
     1 (in un comparativo di minoranza) less; un po' meno a little less; è meno alto di Tim he is not as tall as Tim; è meno complicato di quanto pensi it's less complicated than you think
     2 (con un avverbio) less; meno spesso less often; meno del solito less than usual; canta meno bene di prima she doesn't sing as well as she used to
     3 (con un verbo) less; l'argento costa meno dell'oro silver costs less than gold; costa meno prendere il treno it works out cheaper to take the train; dovresti lavorare (di) meno you should work less; guadagno meno di lei I earn less than she does, I don't earn as much as she does; meno se ne parla, meglio è the less said about that, the better; meno esco, meno ho voglia di uscire the less I go out, the less I feel like going out; è lui quello che lavora meno di tutti he's the one who works the least of all
     4 (con un numerale) less; meno di 50 less than 50; meno di due ore under o less than two hours; un po' meno di 15 cm just under 15 cm; i bambini con meno di sei anni children under six; non troverai niente a meno di 200 euro you won't find anything for less than o for under 200 euros
     5 (in un superlativo relativo) (il) meno, (la) meno, (i) meno, (le) meno the least; le famiglie meno ricche the least wealthy families; era la meno soddisfatta di tutti she was the least satisfied of all; è quello pagato meno bene fra i due he's the least well-paid of the two; quello mi piace meno di tutti I like that one (the) least; sono quelli che ne hanno meno bisogno they are the ones who need it (the) least; proprio quando meno me l'aspettavo just when I least expected it
     6 (in correlazione con "più") né più, né meno neither more, nor less; centimetro più, centimetro meno give or take an inch (or two); né più né meno che nothing less than
     7 (con valore di negazione) not; che lo voglia o meno whether he's willing or not; non ha deciso se firmare o meno he hasn't decided whether to sign (or not)
     8 da meno è un gran bugiardo e suo fratello non è da meno he's a liar and his brother isn't any better; ho fatto una torta anche io per non essere da meno I made a cake as well, just to keep up
     9 di meno, in meno se avessi 20 anni di meno! I wish I were 20 years younger! ho preso 30 euro in meno di stipendio my wages are 30 euros short
     10 a meno di short of
     11 a meno che unless
     12 sempre meno less and less
     13 meno male thank goodness; meno male che it's a good thing that; meno male che è impermeabile! it's just as well it's waterproof! meno male che ci sono andato! it was lucky for me that I went!
     14 quanto meno, per lo meno at least
     15 tanto meno non l'ho mai visto, tanto meno gli ho parlato I've never seen him, much less spoken to him; era troppo malata per stare in piedi, tanto meno per camminare she was too ill to stand let alone walk
     16 più o meno more or less, about, roughly, round about; più o meno alto come te about your height; è successo più o meno qui it happened round about here; "ti è piaciuto il film?" - "più o meno" "did you enjoy the film?" - "sort of"; più o meno nello stesso modo in much the same way; la canzone fa più o meno così the song goes something like this
     1 (in un comparativo di minoranza) less, fewer; ho meno libri di te I have fewer books than you; ho meno caldo adesso I feel cooler now; ci è voluto meno tempo di quanto pensassimo it took less time than we expected
     2 (con valore pronominale) less, fewer; non meno di no fewer than; ne ho meno di te I have less than you; ha venduto meno di tutti he sold the fewest
     1 (in una sottrazione) from, minus; quanto fa 20 meno 8? what is 20 minus 8? 20 meno 5 fa 15 5 from 20 leaves 15, 20 minus 5 is 15, 20 take away 5 is 15
     2 (tranne, eccetto) but, besides, except
    IV m.inv.
     1 (la cosa, quantità minore) least; questo è il meno that's the least of it; fare il meno possibile to do as little as possible
     2 mat. minus (sign)
    parlare del più e del meno to talk about this and that, to shoot the breeze AE; in men che non si dica before you could say knife, in the bat o wink of an eye, in (less than) no time; fare a meno di to manage o do without, to dispense with [auto, servizi]; non posso farne a meno I can't help it.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > meno

  • 4 feel

    A n
    1 (atmosphere, impression created) atmosphère f ; I like the feel of the place j'aime l'atmosphère de cet endroit ; there was a relaxed/conspiratorial feel about it il régnait une atmosphère détendue/de conspiration ; it has the feel of a country cottage cela a l'allure d'une maison de campagne ; the town has a friendly feel il y a une atmosphère accueillante dans cette ville ;
    2 ( sensation to the touch) toucher m, sensation f ; the feel of sand between one's toes la sensation du sable entre les orteils ; you can tell by the feel (that) on voit bien au toucher que ; to have an oily/slimy feel être huileux/gluant au toucher ; I like the feel of leather j'aime le contact du cuir ;
    3 (act of touching, feeling) to have a feel of sth, to give sth a feel tâter qch ; let me have a feel, give me a feel ( touch) laisse-moi toucher ; (hold, weigh) laisse-moi soupeser ;
    4 (familiarity, understanding) to get the feel of se faire à [controls, system] ; to get the feel of doing s'habituer à faire ; it gives you a feel of ou for the controls/the job market cela vous donne une idée des commandes/du marché du travail ;
    5 ( flair) don m (for pour) ; to have a feel for languages avoir le don des langues ; to have a feel for language bien savoir manier la langue.
    B vtr (prét, pp felt)
    1 ( experience) éprouver, ressentir [affection, desire, envy, pride, unease] ; ressentir [bond, hostility, obligation, effects, consequences, strain] ; to feel a sense of isolation éprouver un sentiment de solitude ; I no longer feel anything for her je n'éprouve plus rien pour elle ; the impact of the legislation is still being felt les effets de la loi se font encore sentir ; the effects will be felt throughout the country les effets se feront sentir dans tout le pays ; to make one's displeasure felt manifester son mécontentement ; to feel sb's loss very deeply être très affecté par la perte de qn ; I felt my spirits rise j'ai senti que mon moral remontait ;
    2 (believe, think) to feel (that) estimer que ; she feels she has no option elle estime qu'elle n'a pas le choix ; I feel I should warn you je me sens dans l'obligation de vous prévenir ; I feel he's hiding something j'ai l'impression qu'il cache quelque chose ; I feel deeply ou strongly that they are wrong j'ai la profonde conviction qu'ils ont tort ; to feel sth to be estimer que qch est ; I felt it best to refuse j'ai estimé qu'il valait mieux refuser ; we feel it necessary to complain nous pensons que nous devons nous plaindre ;
    3 ( physically) sentir [blow, pressure, motion, draught, heat, object] ; ressentir [twinge, ache, stiffness, effects] ; I felt something soft j'ai senti quelque chose de mou ; you can feel the vibrations on sent les vibrations ; I can't feel anything in my leg je ne sens plus rien dans la jambe ; she feels/doesn't feel the cold elle est/n'est pas frileuse ; you'll feel the cold when you go back to England tu sentiras le froid quand tu rentreras en Angleterre ; I felt the house shake j'ai senti la maison qui tremblait ; I felt something crawl(ing) up my arm j'ai senti quelque chose qui grimpait le long de mon bras ; I can feel it getting warmer je sens que ça se réchauffe ; I felt the tablets doing me good j'ai senti que les cachets me faisaient du bien ;
    4 ( touch deliberately) tâter, toucher [carving, texture, washing, leaf, cloth] ; palper [patient, body part, parcel] ; to feel the weight of sth soupeser qch ; to tell what it is by feeling it dire ce que c'est au toucher ; to feel how cold/soft sth is sentir comme qch est froid/mou ; to feel one's breasts for lumps se palper les seins pour voir si on a des grosseurs ; to feel sb for weapons fouiller qn pour trouver des armes ; to feel one's way lit avancer à tâtons ; fig tâter le terrain ; to feel one's way out of the room se diriger à tâtons vers la sortie ; to feel one's way towards a solution avancer à tâtons vers une solution ;
    5 (sense, be aware of) sentir, avoir conscience de [presence, tension, resentment] ; avoir conscience de [importance, seriousness, justice, irony] ; I could feel her frustration je ressentais sa frustration ; can't you feel which notes come next? ne peux-tu pas deviner quelles notes viennent ensuite?
    C vi (prét, pp felt)
    1 ( emotionally) se sentir [sad, happy, stupid, nervous, safe] ; être [sure, angry, surprised] ; avoir l'impression d'être [trapped, betrayed, cheated] ; to feel afraid/ashamed avoir peur/honte ; to feel like a star avoir l'impression d'être une vedette ; to feel as if ou as though avoir l'impression que ; I felt as if nobody cared j'avais l'impression que tout le monde s'en moquait ; how do you feel? que ressens-tu? ; how do you feel about being in charge? qu'est-ce que ça te fait d'être responsable? ; how do you feel about marriage? qu'est-ce que tu penses du mariage? ; how do you feel about Tim? (for a job, role) que penses-tu de Tim? ; ( emotionally) que ressens-tu pour Tim? ; how does it feel ou what does it feel like to be a dad? qu'est-ce que ça fait d'être papa? ; now you know how it feels! maintenant tu sais ce que ça fait! ; how would you feel? qu'est-ce que ça te ferait, à toi? ; what made her feel that way? qu'est-ce qui lui a fait cet effet? ; if that's the way you feel… si c'est comme ça que tu le prends… ; ⇒ feel for ;
    2 ( physically) se sentir [ill, better, tired, young, fat] ; to feel hot/cold/hungry/thirsty avoir chaud/froid/faim/soif ; how do you feel?, how are you feeling? comment te sens-tu? ; I'll see how I feel ou what I feel like tomorrow je verrai comment je me sens demain ; it feels like being hit with a hammer c'est comme si on te frappait avec un marteau ; I feel as if ou as though I haven't slept a wink j'ai l'impression de ne pas avoir fermé l'œil ; it felt as if I was floating j'avais l'impression de flotter ; you're as young as you feel l'important c'est de se sentir jeune ; she isn't feeling herself today elle n'est pas dans son assiette aujourd'hui ;
    3 ( create certain sensation) être [cold, soft, slimy, smooth] ; avoir l'air [eerie] ; the house feels empty la maison fait vide ; that feels nice! ça fait du bien! ; your arm will feel sore at first votre bras vous fera mal au début ; something doesn't feel right il y a quelque chose qui ne va pas ; it feels strange living alone ça me fait tout drôle de vivre seul ; it feels like leather on dirait du cuir ; it feels like (a) Sunday on se croirait un dimanche ; the bone feels as if it's broken on dirait que l'os est cassé ; it feels as if it's going to rain, it feels like rain on dirait qu'il va pleuvoir ; it feels to me as if there's a lump j'ai l'impression qu'il y a une bosse ;
    4 ( want) to feel like sth/like doing avoir envie de qch/de faire ; I feel like crying j'ai envie de pleurer ; I feel like a drink je prendrais bien un verre ; what do you feel like for lunch? qu'est-ce qui te ferait envie pour le déjeuner? ; I don't feel like it je n'en ai pas envie ; stop whenever you feel like it arrête quand ça te chante ; ‘why did you do that?’-‘I just felt like it’ ‘pourquoi as-tu fait ça?’-‘ça m'a pris comme ça’ ;
    5 (touch, grope) to feel in fouiller dans [bag, pocket, drawer] ; to feel along tâtonner le long de [edge, wall] ; to feel down the back of the sofa chercher (à tâtons) derrière le canapé ; ⇒ feel around, feel for.
    D v refl to feel oneself doing se sentir faire ; she felt herself losing her temper elle sentait la colère la gagner ; he felt himself falling in love il sentait qu'il tombait amoureux.
    to feel a fool ( ridiculous) se trouver ridicule ; ( stupid) se sentir bête .
    feel around, feel about:
    feel around tâtonner ; to feel around in fouiller dans [bag, drawer] ; to feel around for chercher [qch] à tâtons.
    feel for:
    feel for [sth] chercher ; to feel for a ledge with one's foot chercher un appui du pied ; to feel for broken bones examiner qn pour savoir s'il s'est cassé quelque chose ;
    feel for [sb] plaindre, compatir à la douleur de liter [person].
    feel out US:
    feel out [sb], feel [sb] out tester [person].
    feel up :
    feel up [sb/sth], feel [sb/sth] up tripoter , peloter [person, body part] ; to be felt up se faire peloter ; to feel each other up se peloter .
    feel up to [sth] se sentir d'attaque or assez bien pour ; to feel up to doing se sentir d'attaque or assez bien pour faire ; do you feel up to it? est-ce que tu te sens d'attaque ?

    Big English-French dictionary > feel

  • 5 sentiment

    sentiment [sɑ̃timɑ̃]
    masculine noun
       a. ( = émotion) feeling
    sentiment de pitié/culpabilité/haine feeling of pity/guilt/hatred
       c. ( = opinion) feeling
    quel est votre sentiment ? what are your feelings?
    * * *
    sɑ̃timɑ̃
    nom masculin
    1) gén feeling
    2) ( inclination) feeling, sentiment sout

    les beaux or bons sentiments — fine sentiments

    sentiments affectueux or amicaux — best wishes

    * * *
    sɑ̃timɑ̃ nm
    1) (= émotion) feeling

    partir d'un bon sentiment; procéder d'un bon sentiment — to be well-intentioned

    2) (= conscience, impression)

    avoir le sentiment de (suivi d'un nom) J'ai le sentiment d'une profonde injustice. — I feel there's been a great injustice done.

    Tous ont le sentiment d'une victoire méritée. — They all feel it was a well-deserved victory., (suivi d'un verbe)

    Ils ont le sentiment d'avoir été trompés. — They feel they've been wronged.

    avoir le sentiment que — to feel (that), to have the feeling that

    Nous avons eu le sentiment que le résultat en soi n'avait pas d'importance. — We felt that the result was not important in itself.

    * * *
    1 ( sensation) feeling; éprouver un sentiment d'injustice/de lassitude to have a feeling of injustice/of tiredness;
    2 ( sensibilité) feeling; il est incapable de sentiment he's incapable of feeling ou emotion; avec beaucoup de sentiment [chanter, jouer] with great feeling; agir par sentiment plus que par raison to be guided by one's feelings rather than by reason; faire du sentiment to sentimentalize; tu ne m'auras pas au sentiment! you won't get round GB ou around US me like that!; n'essaie pas de me le faire au sentiment don't try to get round GB ou around US me; il ne fait pas de sentiment en affaires he doesn't let sentiment get in the way of business; pas de sentiment, soyons réalistes! let's put feelings aside and be realistic!;
    3 ( connaissance intuitive) le sentiment de la nature/beauté a feeling for nature/beauty; le sentiment religieux religious feeling; avoir le sentiment de sa force/faiblesse to have a sense of one's own strength/weakness; j'ai le sentiment de comprendre I feel that I understand; j'ai le sentiment d'être suivi/qu'on m'observe I've got the feeling (that) I'm being followed/that I'm being watched; j'ai le sentiment qu'il va pleuvoir I've got a feeling it's going to rain; donner le sentiment de faire/qu'on fait to give the impression of doing/that one does;
    4 ( inclination) feeling, sentiment sout; cacher ses sentiments to hide one's feelings; sentiments généreux generous feelings; sentiments nobles noble sentiments; les beaux or bons sentiments fine sentiments; être animé de bons/mauvais sentiments to have good/bad intentions; prendre qn par les sentiments to appeal to sb's better nature;
    5 ( opinion) feeling; le sentiment général est que the general feeling is that; sentiment sur feeling about ou on; donner son sentiment sur qch to state one's feelings about sth;
    [sɑ̃timɑ̃] nom masculin
    1. [émotion] feeling
    3. [opinion] feeling
    4. [conscience]
    avoir le/un sentiment de to have the/a feeling of
    ————————
    sentiments nom masculin pluriel
    1. [disposition]
    2. [dans la correspondance]

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > sentiment

  • 6 look

    /luk/ * danh từ - cái nhìn, cái ngó, cái dòm =to have a look at+ nhìn đến, ngó đến - vẻ, vẻ mặt, nét mặt, vẻ ngoài =an impressive look+ vẻ oai vệ =good looks+ vẻ đẹp, sắc đẹp !one must not hang a man by his looks !do not judge a man by his looks - không nên trông mặt mà bắt hình dong * động từ - nhìn, xem, ngó, để ý, chú ý =look! the sun is rising+ nhìn kìa! mặt trời đang lên - mở to mắt nhìn, giương mắt nhìn =don't look like that+ đừng giương mắt ra như thế - ngó đến, để ý đến, đoái đến, lưu ý =look that the door be not left open+ lưu ý đừng để cửa bỏ ngỏ - mong đợi, tính đến, toan tính =do not look to hear from him for some time+ đừng có mong đợi tin gì của nó trong một thời gian nữa - hướng về, xoay về, quay về, ngoảnh về =the room looks west+ gian buồng hướng tây - có vẻ, giống như =to look healthy+ trông có vẻ khoẻ =it looks like rain+ có vẻ như trời muốn mưa !to look about - đợi chờ !to look about for - tìm kiếm; nhìn quanh !to look about one - nhìn quanh - đắn đo, nghĩ kỹ trước khi có kế hoạch làm gì !to look after - nhìn theo - trông nom, chăm sóc =to look after patients+ chăm sóc người bệnh - để ý, tìm kiếm !to look at - nhìn, ngắm, xem - xét, xem xét =that is not the way to look at our proposal+ đó không phải là cách xem xét lời đề nghị của chúng tôi =he will not look at it+ nó không thèm nhìn đến cái đó, nó bác bỏ cái đó !to look away - quay đi !to look back - quay lại nhìn, ngoái cổ lại nhìn - ngần ngại không muốn tiếp tục công việc đã bắt đầu - ngừng tiến - ghé lại gọi lại !to look back upon (to) - nhìn lại (cái gì đã qua) =to look back upon the past+ nhìn lại quá khứ !to look down - nhìn xuống - hạ giá - (+ upon, on) ra vẻ kẻ cả !to look for - tìm kiếm =to look for trouble+ chuốc lấy dự phiền luỵ - đợi, chờ, mong =to look for news from home+ chờ tin nhà !to look forward to - mong đọi một cách hân hoan; chờ đợi một cách vui thích =I am looking forward to your visit+ tôi mong chờ anh đến thăm !to look in - nhìn vào - ghé qua thăm, tạt qua, tạt vào !to look into - nhìn vào bên trong; xem xét kỹ, nghiên cứu =to look into a question+ nghiên cứu một vấn đề - nhìn ram quay về, hướng về =the window of his room looks into the street+ cửa sổ buồng nó nhìn ra đường !to look on - đứng xem, đứng nhìn - nhìn kỹ, ngắm =to look on something with distrust+ nhìn cái gì với vẻ nghi ngờ - (như) to look upon !to look out - để ý, chú ý cẩn thận, coi chừng =look out! there is a step+ cẩn thận nhé! có một cái bực cầu thang đấy - tìm ra, kiếm ra =to look out someone's address in one's notebook+ tìm ra địa chỉ ai trong cuốn sổ tay của mình - chọn, lựa !to look out for - để ý đợi chờ (một cái gì sẽ xảy đến) =to look out for squalls+ đề phòng nguy hiểm !to look over - xem xét, kiểm tra =to look over accounts+ kiểm tra các khoản chi thu - tha thứ, quên đi, bỏ qua =to look over the faults of somebody+ bỏ qua những lỗi lầm của ai - nhìn bao quát, bao quát, ở cao nhìn xuống =the high mountain peak looks over the green fields+ đỉnh núi cao bao quát cả cánh đồng xanh !to look round - nhìn quanh - suy nghĩ, cân nhắc =don't make a hurried decision look round well first+ đừng nên quyết định vội vàng hây suy nghĩ kỹ đã !to look throught - nhìn qua =to look through the door+ nhìn qua cửa - nhìn kỹ từ đầu đến chân, xem lần lượt, xem kỹ, đọc kỹ; nhìn thấu =to look through a translation+ đọc kỹ một bản dịch - biểu lộ, lộ ra =his greed looked through his eyes+ lòng tham của nó lộ ra trong đôi mắt !to look to - lưu ý, cẩn thận về =to look to one's manners+ cẩn thận trong lời ăn tiếng nói =look to it that this will not happen again+ hây lưu ý đừng để cho điều đó diễn lại nữa - mong đợi, đợi chờ (ở ai); tin vào, trông cậy vào, chắc vào (ai) =to look to someone for something+ trông cậy vào ai về một cái gì - dẫn đến, đưa đến; nhìn trước thấy =to look to a crisis+ dẫn đến một cuộc khủng hoảng !to look toward - (như) to look to !to look towards - (thông tục) nâng cốc, chúc sức khoẻ (ai) !to look up - nhìn lên, ngước lên - tìm kiếm =to look a work up in the dictionary+ tìm (tra) một từ trong từ điển - (thương nghiệp) lên giá, tăng giá =the price of cotton is looking up+ giá bỗng tăng lên - (thương nghiệp) phát đạt - đến thăm !to look up to - tôn kính, kính trọng =every Vietnamese looks up to President HoChiMinh+ mọi người Viêt Nam đều tôn kính Chủ tịch Hồ Chí Minh !to look upon - xem như, coi như =to look upon somebody as...+ coi ai như là... !to look alive - nhanh lên, khẩn trương lên - hành động kịp thời !to look black - nhìn giận dữ; trông vẻ giận dữ !to look blue - có vẻ đáng chán; có vẻ buồn bực thất vọng !to look daggers at - (xem) dagger !to look down one's nose at - nhìn với vẻ coi khinh !to look in the face - nhìn thẳng vào mặt; nhìn thẳng vào sự việc không chùn bước e ngại !don't look a gift-horse in the mouth - (xem) gift-horse !to look for a needle in a haystack - (xem) needle !to look sharp - đề cao cảnh giác - hành động kịp thời - khẩn trương lên, hoạt động lên !to look through colour of spectacles - nhìn sự việc không đúng với thực tế; nhìn sự việc qua cặp kính màu !to look oneself again - trông có vẻ đã lại người, trông có vẻ đã lại hồn !to look small - (xem) small !to look someone up and down - nhìn ai từ đầu đến chân (một cách kỹ càng hay khinh bỉ) !look before you leap - (xem) leap

    English-Vietnamese dictionary > look

  • 7 feel

    /fi:l/ * danh từ - sự sờ mó =soft to the feel+ sờ thấy mềm - xúc giác - cảm giác (khi sờ mó) - cảm giác đặc biệt (của cái gì) =the feel of wet sawdust+ cảm giác mùn cưa ướt khi sờ mó vào !to acquire (get) the feel of something - nắm chắc được cái gì, sử dụng thành thạo được cái gì * ngoại động từ felt - sờ mó =to feel one's way+ dò dẫm đường đi; thận trọng tiến bước - thấy, cảm thấy, có cảm giác, có cảm tưởng =to feel a pain+ cảm thấy đau =he feels the criticism keenly+ hắn ta cảm thấy thấm thía lời phê bình - chịu đựng =to feel someone's vengeance+ chịu đựng sự trả thù của ai - chịu ảnh hưởng =ship feels her helm+ tàu ăn theo tay lái - (quân sự) thăm dò, dò thám - (y học) bắt, sờ =to feel someone's pulse+ bắt mạch ai; (nghĩa bóng) thăm dò ý định của ai * nội động từ felt - sờ, sờ soạng, dò tìm =to feel for something+ dò tìm cái gì, sờ soạng tìm cái gì - cảm thấy =to feel certain that+ cảm thấy, chắc rằng =to feel cold+ cảm thấy lạnh =to feel happy+ cảm thấy sung sướng - hình như, có cảm giác như =air feels chilly+ không khí hình như lạnh =this cloth feels like velvet+ vải này sờ có cảm giác như nhung - cảm nghĩ là, cho là =if that's the way you feel about it+ nếu anh cho là như thế, nếu ý anh là như thế - cảm thông, cảm động =to feel for (with) someone in his sorrow+ cảm thông với nỗi đau đớn của ai !to feel up to - (thông tục) thấy có đủ sức để, thấy có thể (làm được việc gì) !to feel cheap - (xem) cheap !to feel like doing something - thấy muốn làm việc gì, thấy thích làm việc gì !to feel like putting somebody on - (từ Mỹ,nghĩa Mỹ) có ý muốn giúp đỡ ai !it feels like rain - trời có vẻ muốn mưa !to feel one's legs (feet) - đứng vững - (nghĩa bóng) cảm thấy thoải mái, cảm thấy dễ chịu !to feel quite oneself - thấy sảng khoái - tự chủ =to feel someone out+ thăm dò ý kiến của ai, thăm dò thái độ của ai

    English-Vietnamese dictionary > feel

  • 8 status

    1.
    stătus, a, um, v. sisto.
    2.
    stătus, ūs, m. [sto and sisto].
    I.
    In a corporeal sense.
    A.
    Mode or way of standing, of holding one's body (at rest), posture, position, attitude, station, carriage; sing. and plur.: Ps. Statur hic ad hunc modum. Si. Statum vide hominis, Callipho, quasi basilicum, look at the way he stands, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 41:

    stat in statu senex ut adoriatur moechum,

    in an attitude of attack, ready, id. Mil. 4, 9, 12: concrepuit digitis, laborat;

    crebro conmutat status,

    his posture, id. ib. 2, 2, 51:

    qui esset status (videre vellem) flabellulum tenere te asinum tantum,

    what your attitude was, what figure you cut, in holding the fan, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 50:

    in gestu status (oratoris erit) erectus et celsus, rarus incessus,

    attitude, Cic. Or. 18, 59:

    status quidem rectus sit, sed diducti paulum pedes,

    Quint. 11, 3, 159:

    abesse plurimum a saltatore debet orator... non effingere status quosdam, et quidquid dicet ostendere,

    id. 11, 3, 89:

    ut recta sint bracchia, ne indoctae rusticaeve manus, ne status indecorus,

    id. 1, 11, 16:

    stare solitus Socrates dicitur... immobilis, iisdem in vestigiis,

    Gell. 2, 1, 2:

    dumque silens astat, status est vultusque diserti,

    Ov. P. 2, 5, 51:

    statum proeliantis componit,

    Petr. 95 fin.

    So of the pose of statues: non solum numerum signorum, sed etiam uniuscujusque magnitudinem, figuram, statum litteris definiri vides,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 57:

    expedit saepe, ut in statuis atque picturis videmus, variari habitus, vultus, status,

    Quint. 2, 13, 8:

    ut illo statu Chabrias sibi statuam fieri voluerit. Ex quo factum est ut postea athletae his statibus in statuis ponendis uterentur,

    Nep. Chabr. 1, 3.—And of images in a dream:

    ubi prima (imago somni) perit, alioque est altera nata inde statu, prior hic gestum mutasse videtur,

    Lucr. 4, 772:

    (opp. motus, incessus) quorum (iratorum) vultus, voces, motus statusque mutantur,

    motions and postures, Cic. Off. 1, 29, 102:

    decorum istud in corporis motu et statu cernitur,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 126:

    habitus oris et vultūs, status, motus,

    id. Fin. 3, 17, 56; 5, 17, 47:

    in quibus si peccetur... motu statuve deformi,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 35:

    eo erant vultu, oratione, omni reliquo motu et statu, ut, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 22, 53:

    status, incessus, sessio, accubatio... teneat illud decorum,

    id. Off. 1, 35, 129:

    in pedibus observentur status et incessus,

    the posture and gait, Quint. 11, 3, 124.—
    B.
    Of external appearance, manners, dress, and apparel:

    quoniam formam hujus cepi in me et statum, decet et facta moresque hujus habere me similis item,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 111:

    redegitque se ad pallium et crepidas, atque in tali statu biennio fere permansit,

    Suet. Tib. 13.—
    C.
    Size, height, stature of living and inanimate beings (cf. statura;

    post-Aug.): pumilionem, quos natura brevi statu peractos, etc.,

    Stat. S. 1, 6, 58: longissimum... aratorem faciemus;

    mediastenus qualiscunque status potest esse,

    Col. 1, 9, 3:

    in gallinaceis maribus status altior quaeritur,

    id. 8, 2, 9; so id. 7, 9, 2; 7, 12 med.:

    plantae majoris statūs,

    Pall. Febr. 25, 20.—
    D.
    A position, place, in the phrase de statu movere, deicere, or statum conturbare, to displace, drive out, eject, expel, throw from a position (esp. of battle and combat):

    equestrem procellam excitemus oportet, si turbare ac statu movere (hostes) volumus,

    Liv. 30, 18, 14:

    nihil statu motus, cum projecto prae se clipeo staret, in praesidio urbis moriturum se... respondit,

    id. 38, 25: Manlius scutum scuto percussit atque statum Galli conturbavit (cf. the next sentence: atque de loco hominem iterum dejecit), Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 16.—So, out of the military sphere, in order to avoid an attack:

    ea vis est... quae, periculo mortis injecto, formidine animum perterritum loco saepe et certo de statu demovet,

    Cic. Caecin. 15, 42.— Transf., of mental position, conviction, argument, etc.:

    saepe adversarios de statu omni dejecimus,

    Cic. Or. 37, 129:

    voluptas quo est major, eo magis mentem e suā sede et statu demovet,

    throws the mind off its balance, id. Par. 1, 3, 15.—Similarly: de statu deducere, recedere, from one's position or principles:

    fecerunt etiam ut me prope de vitae meae statu deducerent, ut ego istum accusarem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 10:

    neque de statu nobis nostrae dignitatis est recedendum, neque sine nostris copiis in alterius praesidia veniendum,

    id. Att. 1, 20, 2.—So, de statu suo declinare = moveri:

    neque dubito quin, suspitione aliquā perculsi repentinā, de statu suo declinarint,

    i. e. became unsettled, Cic. Clu. 38, 106:

    qui cum me firmissimis opibus... munire possim, quamvis excipere fortunam malui quam... de meo statu declinare,

    than abandon my position, id. Prov. Cons. 17, 41; cf.

    of the position of heavenly bodies: qui eodem statu caeli et stellarum nati sunt,

    aspect, id. Div. 2, 44, 92.
    II.
    Trop., condition, state, position, situation, circumstances.
    A.
    Of persons, condition in regard to public rights, political or civil status, any loss of which was a capitis deminutio (v. caput):

    capitis minutio est statūs permutatio,

    Gai. Dig. 4, 5, 1; id. Inst. 1, 159; cf. Dig. 4, 5, 11:

    quo quisque loco nostrum est natus... hunc vitae statum usque ad senectutem obtinere debet,

    Cic. Balb. 7, 18:

    ad quem proscripti confluebant. Quippe nullum habentibus statum quilibet dux erat idoneus,

    with regard to the civil death of the proscribed, Vell. 2, 72, 5:

    illorum salus omnibus accepta fuit... quia tam grati exoptatum libertatis statum recuperaverint,

    Val. Max. 5, 26:

    si statu periclitari litigator videtur,

    if his civil status seems in peril, Quint. 6, 1, 36:

    nec ulla tam familiaris est infelicibus patria quam solitudo et prioris statūs oblivio,

    i. e. the status of full citizenship, lost by banishment, Curt. 5, 5, 11:

    permanent tamen in statu servitutis,

    Suet. Gram. 21:

    vetuit quaeri de cujusquam defunctorum statu,

    id. Tit. 8 fin.:

    multorum excisi status,

    Tac. A. 3, 28: qui illegitime concipiuntur, statum sumunt ex eo tempore quo nascuntur, i. e. whether freemen or slaves, etc., Gai. Inst. 1, 89:

    cum servus manumittitur: eo die enim incipit statum habere,

    a civil status, Dig. 4, 5, 4:

    homo liber qui se vendidit, manumissus non ad suum statum revertitur, sed efficitur libertinae condicionis, i. e. that of an ingenuus,

    ib. 1, 5, 21:

    primo de personarum statu dicemus,

    civil status, ib. 1, 5, 2; so Titin. 5:

    de statu hominum (sometimes status used in the jurists absolutely with reference to freedom and slavery): si status controversiam cui faciat procurator, sive ex servitute in libertatem, etc.,

    Dig. 3, 3, 39, § 5; so ib. 3, 3, 33, § 1.—Similarly in the later jurists: status suus = aetas XXV. annorum, years of discretion:

    cum ad statum suum frater pervenisset,

    Dig. 31, 1, 77, § 19.—
    2.
    Condition and position with reference to rank, profession, trade, occupation, social standing, reputation, and character:

    an tibi vis inter istas vorsarier prosedas... quae tibi olant stabulum statumque?

    their trade, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 59:

    quod in civitatibus agnationibus familiarum distinguuntur status,

    the ranks of the families, Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 23:

    regum status decemviris donabantur,

    the rank of kings was assigned to the decemvirs, id. Agr. 1, 1, 2:

    cum alii rem ipsam publicam atque hunc bonorum statum odissent,

    the social position of the higher classes, id. Sest. 20, 46:

    non ut aliquid ex pristino statu nostro retineamus,

    id. Fam. 4, 4, 1:

    ecquis umquam tam ex amplo statu concidit?

    id. Att. 3, 10, 2:

    non enim jam quam dignitatem, quos honores, quem vitae statum amiserim cogito,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 1:

    quam (statuam) esse ejusdem status amictus, anulus, imago ipsa declarat,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 17:

    praesidium petebamus ex potentissimi viri benevolentiā ad omnem statum nostrae dignitatis,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 1: noster autem status est hic:

    apud bonos iidem sumus quos reliquisti, apud sordem, etc.,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 11:

    ego me non putem tueri meum statum ut neque offendam animum cujusquam, nec frangam dignitatem meam?

    maintain my character, id. Fam. 9, 16, 6:

    quos fortuna in amplissimo statu (i. e. regum) collocarat,

    Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:

    tantam in eodem homine varietatem status,

    high and low position in life, ups and downs, Val. Max. 6, 9, 4:

    cum classiarios quos Nero ex remigibus justos milites fecerat, redire ad pristinum statum cogeret,

    Suet. Galb. 12:

    quaedam circa omnium ordinum statum correxit,

    id. Claud. 22:

    cum redieritis in Graeciam, praestabo ne quis statum suum vestro credat esse meliorem,

    social position, Curt. 5, 5, 22:

    omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 23.—
    3.
    Condition in reference to prosperity, happiness or unhappiness, and health (mostly poet. and post-Aug.):

    at iste non dolendi status non vocatur voluptas,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 28:

    neque hic est Nunc status Aurorae meritos ut poscat honores,

    Ov. M. 13, 594:

    flebilis ut noster status est, ita flebile carmen,

    id. Tr. 5, 1, 5:

    quid enim status hic a funere differt?

    id. P. 2, 3, 3:

    pejor ab admonitu fit status iste boni,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 54:

    his enim quorum felicior in domo status fuerat,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 7:

    sin nostros status sive proximorum ingenia contemplemur,

    id. 6, 9 pr.:

    caelum contemplare: vix tamen ibi talem statum (i. e. felicitatis deorum) reperias,

    id. 7, 1, 1:

    haec quidem (vox) animi magnifici et prosperi status (fuit),

    id. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    obliti statūs ejus quem beneficio exuistis meo,

    Curt. 10, 2, 22:

    sumus in hoc tuo statu iidem qui florente te fuimus,

    i. e. distress, id. 5, 11, 5:

    res magna et ex beatissimo animi statu profecta,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 21: voverat, si sibi incolumis status (of health) permisisset, proditurum se... hydraulam, Suet. Ner. 54. —
    4.
    Condition, circumstances, in gen., of life or of the mind:

    homines hoc uno plurimum a bestiis differunt quod rationem habent, mentemque quae... omnem complectatur vitae consequentis statum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 14, 45:

    facias me certiorem et simul de toto statu tuo consiliisque omnibus,

    id. Fam. 7, 10, 3:

    tibi declaravi adventus noster qualis fuisset, et quis esset status,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 1:

    quid enim ego laboravi, si... nihil consecutus sum ut in eo statu essem quem neque fortunae temeritas, neque, etc., labefactaret,

    id. Par. 2, 17:

    sed hoc videant ii qui nulla sibi subsidia ad omnes vitae status paraverunt,

    id. Fam. 9, 6, 4: atque is quidem qui cuncta composuit constanter in suo manebat statu (transl. of emeinen en tôi heautou kata tropon êthei, Plat. Tim. p. 42, c. Steph.), in his own state, being, Cic. Tim. 13:

    vitae statum commutatum ferre non potuit,

    Nep. Dion, 4, 4:

    id suis rebus tali in statu saluti fore,

    Curt. 5, 1, 5: haec sunt fulmina quae prima accepto patrimonio et in novi hominis aut urbis statu fiunt, in any new condition (when a stroke of lightning was considered an omen), Sen. Q. N. 2, 47.—Rarely of a state:

    libere hercle hoc quidem. Sed vide statum (i. e. ebrietatis),

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—Esp., in augury: fulmen status, a thunderbolt sent to one who is not expecting a sign, as a warning or suggestion, = fulmen monitorium:

    status est, ubi quietis nec agitantibus quidquam nec cogitantibus fulmen intervenit,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 39, 2.—
    B.
    Of countries, communities, etc., the condition of society, or the state, the public order, public affairs.
    1.
    In gen.:

    Siciliam ita vexavit ac perdidit ut ea restitui in antiquum statum nullo modo possit,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 4, 12:

    nunc in eo statu civitas est ut omnes idem de re publicā sensuri esse videantur,

    id. Sest. 50, 106:

    omnem condicionem imperii tui statumque provinciae mihi demonstravit Tratorius,

    id. Fam. 12, 23, 1; so id. ib. 13, 68, 1:

    mihi rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,

    id. ib. 3, 11, 4; so,

    status ipse nostrae civitatis,

    id. ib. 5, 16, 2:

    non erat desperandum fore aliquem tolerabilem statum civitatis,

    id. Phil. 13, 1, 2:

    sane bonum rei publicae genus, sed tamen inclinatum et quasi pronum ad perniciosissimum statum,

    id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    aliquo, si non bono, at saltem certo statu civitatis,

    id. Fam. 9, 8, 2:

    ex hoc qui sit status totius rei publicae videre potes,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 15: ex eodem de toto statu rerum communium [p. 1756] cognosces, id. Fam. 1, 8, 1:

    tamen illa, quae requiris, suum statum tenent, nec melius, si tu adesses, tenerent,

    id. ib. 6, 1, 1:

    non illi nos de unius municipis fortunis arbitrantur, sed de totius municipii statu, dignitate, etc., sententias esse laturos,

    id. Clu. 69, 196:

    ego vitam omnium civium, statum orbis terrae... redemi,

    id. Sull. 11, 33:

    Ti. Gracchum mediocriter labefactantem statum rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    eo tum statu res erat ut longe principes haberentur Aedui,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12, 9:

    cum hoc in statu res esset,

    Liv. 26, 5, 1; so id. 32, 11, 1:

    eam regiam servitutem (civitatis) collatam cum praesenti statu praeclaram libertatem visam,

    id. 41, 6, 9:

    statum quoque civitatis ea victoria firmavit ut jam inde res inter se contrahere auderent,

    i. e. commercial prosperity, id. 27, 51:

    ut deliberare de statu rerum suarum posset,

    id. 44, 31:

    ut taedio praesentium consules duo et status pristinus rerum in desiderium veniant,

    id. 3, 37, 3:

    jam Latio is status erat rerum ut neque bellum neque pacem pati possent,

    id. 8, 13, 2:

    qui se moverit ad sollicitandum statum civitatis,

    internal peace, id. 3, 20, 8:

    omni praesenti statu spem cuique novandi res suas blandiorem esse,

    more attractive than any condition of public affairs, id. 35, 17:

    tranquillitatis status,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 1:

    in sollicito civitatis statu,

    Quint. 6, 1, 16:

    principes regesque et quocumque alio nomine sunt tutores status publici,

    guardians of public order, Sen. Clem. 1, 4, 3: curis omnium ad formandum publicum statum a tam sollemni munere aversis, Curt, 10, 10, 9; so,

    ad formandum rerum praesentium statum,

    Just. 9, 5, 1:

    populo jam praesenti statu laeto,

    Suet. Caes. 50:

    ad componendum Orientis statum,

    id. Calig. 1:

    deploravit temporum statum,

    id. Galb. 10:

    ad explorandum statum Galliarum,

    id. Caes. 24:

    delegatus pacandae Germaniae status,

    id. Tib. 16: et omnia habet rerum status iste mearum ( poet., = reipublicae meae), Ov. M. 7, 509.—
    2.
    Esp., of the political sentiments of the citizens:

    a Maronitis certiora de statu civitatium scituros,

    Liv. 39, 27:

    ad visendum statum regionis ejus,

    id. 42, 17, 1:

    suas quoque in eodem statu mansuras res esse,

    id. 42, 29, 9:

    cum hic status in Boeotiā esset,

    id. 42, 56, 8.—
    3.
    Of the constitution, institutions, form of government, etc.:

    Scipionem rogemus ut explicet quem existimet esse optimum statum civitatis,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 20, 33; 1, 21, 34; 1, 46, 70;

    1, 47, 71: ob hanc causam praestare nostrae civitatis statum ceteris civitatibus,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2:

    itaque cum patres rerum potirentur, numquam constitisse statum civitatis,

    the form of the government had never been permanent, id. ib. 1, 32, 49:

    in hoc statu rei publicae (decemvirali), quem dixi non posse esse diuturnum,

    id. ib. 2, 37, 62:

    providete ne rei publicae status commutetur,

    id. Har. Resp. 27, 60:

    eademque oritur etiam ex illo saepe optimatium praeclaro statu,

    aristocratic form of government, id. Rep. 1, 44, 68:

    ut totum statum civitatis in hoc uno judicio positam esse putetis,

    id. Fl. 1, 3:

    ut rei publicae statum convulsuri viderentur,

    id. Pis. 2, 4:

    pro meā salute, pro vestrā auctoritate, pro statu civitatis nullum vitae discrimen vitandum umquam putavit,

    id. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    cum hoc coire ausus es, ut consularem dignitatem, ut rei publicae statum... addiceres?

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    omnia quae sunt in imperio et in statu civitatis ab iis defendi putantur,

    id. Mur. 11, 24:

    intelleges (te habere) nihil quod aut hoc aut aliquo rei publicae statu timeas,

    id. Fam. 6, 2, 3:

    quod ad statum Macedoniae pertinebat,

    Liv. 45, 32, 2:

    ex commutatione statūs publici,

    Vell. 2, 35, 4:

    haec oblivio concussum et labentem civitatis statum in pristinum habitum revocavit,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, ext. 4:

    Gracchi civitatis statum conati erant convellere,

    id. 6, 3, 1 fin.:

    Cicero ita legibus Sullae cohaerere statum civitatis affirmat ut his solutis stare ipsa non possit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 85:

    qui eloquentiā turbaverant civitatium status vel everterant,

    id. 2, 16, 4:

    id biduum quod de mutando reipublicae statu haesitatum erat,

    Suet. Claud. 11:

    nec dissimulasse unquam pristinum se reipublicae statum restituturum,

    id. ib. 1:

    conversus hieme ad ordinandum reipublicae statum, fastos correxit, etc.,

    id. Caes. 40:

    tu civitatem quis deceat status Curas,

    what institutions, Hor. C. 3, 29, 25.—Hence,
    4.
    Existence of the republic:

    quae lex ad imperium, ad majestatem, ad statum patriae, ad salutem omnium pertinet,

    Cic. Cael. 29, 70 (= eo, ut stet patria, the country's existence):

    si enim status erit aliquis civitatis, quicunque erit,

    id. Fam. 4, 14, 4: status enim rei publicae maxime judicatis rebus continetur, the existence of the republic depends on the decisions of the courts, i. e. their sacredness, id. Sull. 22, 63. —
    C.
    In nature, state, condition, etc.:

    incolumitatis ac salutis omnium causā videmus hunc statum esse hujus totius mundi atque naturae,

    Cic. Or. 3, 45, 178:

    ex alio alius status (i. e. mundi) excipere omnia debet,

    Lucr. 5, 829:

    ex alio terram status excipit alter,

    id. 5, 835:

    est etiam quoque pacatus status aëris ille,

    id. 3, 292:

    non expectato solis ortu, ex quo statum caeli notare gubernatores possent,

    Liv. 37, 12, 11:

    idem (mare) alio caeli statu recipit in se fretum,

    Curt. 6, 4, 19:

    incertus status caeli,

    Col. 11, 2:

    pluvius caeli status,

    id. 2, 10:

    mitior caeli status,

    Sen. Oedip. 1054.—
    D. 1.
    In gen.:

    atque hoc loquor de tribus his generibus rerum publicarum non perturbatis atque permixtis, sed suum statum tenentibus,

    preserving their essential features, Cic. Rep. 1, 28, 44.—Hence,
    2.
    Esp. in rhet. jurisp.
    (α).
    The answer to the action (acc. to Cic., because the defence: primum insistit in eo = the Gr. stasis):

    refutatio accusationis appellatur Latine status, in quo primum insistit quasi ad repugnandum congressa defensio,

    Cic. Top. 25, 93; so,

    statu (sic enim appellamus controversiarum genera),

    id. Tusc. 3, 33, 79:

    statum quidam dixerunt primam causarum conflictionem,

    Quint. 3, 6, 4; cf. Cic. Part. Or. 29, 102.—
    (β).
    The main question, the essential point:

    quod nos statum id quidam constitutionem vocant, alii quaestionem, alii quod ex quaestione appareat, Theodorus caput, ad quod referantur omnia,

    Quint. 3, 6, 2:

    non est status prima conflictio, sed quod ex primā conflictione nascitur, id est genus quaestionis,

    the kind, nature of the question, id. 3, 6, 5; cf. the whole chapter.—
    E.
    In gram., the mood of the verb, instead of modus, because it distinguishes the conceptions of the speaker:

    et tempora et status,

    tenses and moods, Quint. 9, 3, 11:

    fiunt soloecismi per modos, sive cui status eos dici placet,

    id. 1, 5, 41.
    For statu liber, v.
    statuliber.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > status

  • 9 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 10 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8. Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 11 πούς

    πούς, , ποδός, ποδί, πόδα (not ποῦν, Thom.Mag.p.257 R.): dat.pl. ποσί, [dialect] Ep.and Lyr. ποσσί (also Cratin.100(lyr.)), πόδεσσι, once
    A

    πόδεσι S.Fr. 240

    (lyr.): gen.and dat. dual ποδοῖν, [dialect] Ep.

    ποδοῖιν Il.18.537

    :—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] πός (cf. ἀρτίπος, πούλυπος, etc.) Lyr.Adesp.72, but [full] πούς Tab.Heracl.2.34 (perh. Hellenistic); [full] πῶς· πός, ὑπὸ Δωριέων, Hsch. (fort. [full] πός· πούς, ὑ.Δ.); [dialect] Lacon. [full] πόρ, Id. (on the accent v. Hdn.Gr.2.921, A.D. Adv.134.24):—foot, both of men and beasts, Il.7.212, 8.339 (both pl.), etc.; in pl., also, a bird's talons, Od.15.526; arms or feelers of a polypus, Hes.Op. 524: properly the foot from the ankle down wards, Il.17.386;

    ταρσὸς ποδός 11.377

    , 388; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, Hdt.9.37: but also of the leg with the foot, as χείρ for the arm and hand, Il.23.772, Od.4.149, Luc.Alex.59.
    2 foot as that with which one runs,

    πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.215

    , al.; or walks,

    τῷ δ' ὑπὸ ποσσὶ μέγας πελεμίζετ' Ὄλυμπος 8.443

    ; freq. with reference to swiftness,

    περιγιγνόμεθ' ἄλλων πύξ τε.. ἠδὲ πόδεσσιν Od.8.103

    ; ποσὶν ἐρίζειν to race on foot, Il.13.325, cf. 23.792;

    πόδεσσι πάντας ἐνίκα 20.410

    , cf. Od.13.261;

    ἀέθλια ποσσὶν ἄροντο Il.9.124

    , etc.; ποδῶν τιμά, αἴγλα, ἀρετά, ὁρμά, Pi.O.12.15, 13.36, P.10.23, B.9.20;

    ἅμιλλαν ἐπόνει ποδοῖν E.IA 213

    (lyr.): the dat. ποσί ([etym.] ποσσί, πόδεσσι) is added to many Verbs denoting motion, π. βήσετο, παρέδραμον, Il.8.389, 23.636; π. θέειν, πηδᾶν, σκαίρειν, πλίσσεσθαι, ib. 622,21.269, 18.572, Od.6.318;

    ὀρχεῖσθαι Hes.Th.3

    ;

    ἔρχεσθαι Od.6.39

    ;

    πάρος ποσὶν οὖδας ἱκέσθαι 8.376

    ;

    νέρθε δὲ ποσσὶν ἤϊε μακρὰ βιβάς Il.7.212

    ; also emphatically with Verbs denoting to trample or tread upon,

    πόσσι καταστείβοισι Sapph.94

    ;

    ἐπεμβῆναι ποδί S.El. 456

    ; πόδα βαίνειν, v. βαίνω A.11.4; πόδα τιθέναι to journey, Ar.Th. 1100: metaph., νόστιμον ναῦς ἐκίνησεν πόδα started on its homeward way, E.Hec. 940 (lyr.); νεῶν λῦσαι ποθοῦσιν οἴκαδ'.. πόδα ib. 1020; χειρῶν ἔκβαλλον ὀρείους πόδας ναός, i. e. oars, Tim.Pers. 102; φωνὴ τῶν π. τοῦ ὑετοῦ sound of the pattering of rain, LXX 3 Ki. 18.41.
    3 as a point of measurement, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς from head to foot, Il.18.353;

    ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἐς πόδας ἄκρους 16.640

    ; and reversely,

    ἐκ ποδῶν δ' ἄνω.. εἰς ἄκρον κάρα A.Fr. 169

    ;

    ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν ἐς τὴν κεφαλήν σοι Ar.Pl. 650

    ; also

    ἐκ τριχὸς ἄχρι ποδῶν AP5.193

    (Posidipp. or Asclep.); ἐς κορυφὰν ἐκ ποδός ib.7.388 ([place name] Bianor).
    4 πρόσθε ποδός or ποδῶν, προπάροιθε ποδῶν, just before one, Il.23.877,21.601, 13.205;

    τὸ πρὸ ποδὸς.. χρῆμα Pi.I.8(7).13

    ;

    αὐτὰ τὰ πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὁρᾶν X.Lac.3.4

    , cf.An.4.6.12, Pl.R. 432d.
    b παρά or πὰρ ποδός off-hand, at once,

    ἀνελέσθαι πὰρ ποδός Thgn.282

    ;

    γνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.3.60

    , cf.10.62;

    πὰρ ποδί

    close at hand,

    Id.O.1.74

    ; but παραὶ ποσὶ κάππεσε θυμός sank to their feet, Il.15.280;

    παρὰ πόδα

    in a moment,

    S.Ph. 838

    (lyr.), Pl.Sph. 242a; close behind, Νέμεσις δέ γε πὰρ πόδας (leg. πόδα) βαίνει Prov. ap. Suid.; also

    παρὰ πόδας

    immediately afterwards

    Plb.1.35.3

    ,5.26.13, Gal.5.272;

    παρὰ π. οἱ ἔλεγχοι Luc.Hist. Conscr.13

    , cf. Aristid.2.115 J.;

    τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ παρὰ πόδας

    at his very feet,

    Pl.Tht. 174a

    ; περὶ τῶν παρὰ πόδας καὶ τῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ib.c;

    τὸ πλησίον καὶ παρὰ π. Luc.Cal.1

    .
    c ἐν ποσί in one's way, close at hand,

    τὸν ἐν π. γινόμενον Hdt.3.79

    , cf. Pi.P.8.32;

    τἀν ποσὶν κακά S.Ant. 1327

    , cf. E.Andr. 397;

    τοὐν ποσὶν κακόν Id.Alc. 739

    ;

    τὴν ἐν ποσὶ [κώμην] αἱρεῖν Th.3.97

    ;

    τὰ ἐν ποσὶν ἀγνοεῖν

    everyday matters,

    Pl.Tht. 175b

    , cf.Arist.Pol. 1263a18, etc.
    d τὸ πρὸς ποσί, = τὸ ἐν ποσί, S.OT 130.
    e all these phrases are opp. ἐκ ποδῶν out of the way, far off, written

    ἐκποδών Hdt.6.35

    , etc.; also,

    βίαια πάντ' ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις Pi.N.7.67

    .
    5 to denote close pursuit, ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι follow in the track, i.e. close behind, Plb.3.68.1, cf. D.S.20.57, D.H.2.33, etc.;

    ἐκ ποδῶν διώξαντες Plu.Pel.11

    .
    b in earlier writers κατὰ πόδας on the heels of a person, Hdt.5.98, Th.3.98, 8.17, X.HG2.1.20, LXXGe.49.19 (also

    κατὰ πόδα ὑπολαβεῖν

    on the moment,

    Pl.Sph. 243d

    ); ἡ κατὰ πόδας ἡμέρα the very next day, Plb.1.12.1 (but κατὰ πόδας αἱρεῖν catch it running, X.Cyr.1.6.40, cf. Mem.2.6.9): c. gen. pers., κατὰ πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν, ἰέναι, march, come close at his heels, on his track, Hdt.9.89, Th.5.64; τῇ κατὰ π. ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας on the day immediately after it, Plb.3.45.5;

    κατὰ π. τῆς μάχης Aristid. 1.157J.

    , etc.
    6 various phrases:
    a

    ἀνὰ πόδα

    backwards,

    Hsch.

    b ἐπὶ πόδα backwards facing the enemy, ἐπὶ π. ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀνάγειν, ἀναχάζεσθαι, to retire without turning to fly, leisurely, X.An. 5.2.32, Cyr.3.3.69, 7.1.34, etc.; also

    ἐπὶ πόδας Luc.Pisc.12

    ; but γίνεται ἡ ἔξοδος οἷον ἐπὶ πόδας the offspring is as it were born feetforemost, Arist.GA 752b14.
    c περὶ πόδα, properly of a shoe, round the foot, i.e. fitting exactly,

    ὡς ἔστι μοι τὸ χρῆμα τοῦτο περὶ πόδα Pl.Com.197

    , cf. 129: c. dat.,

    ὁρᾷς ὡς ἐμμελὴς ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ περὶ πόδα τῇ ἱστορίᾳ Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    , cf. Ind.10, Pseudol.23.
    d ὡς ποδῶνἔχει as he is off for feet, i. e. as quick as he can,

    ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον [τάχιστα] ἐβοήθεον Hdt.6.116

    ;

    ἐδίωκον ὡς ποδῶν ἕκαστος εἶχον Id.9.59

    ;

    φευκτέον ὡς ἔχει ποδῶν ἕκαστος Pl.Grg. 507d

    ; so,

    σοῦσθε.. ὅπως ποδῶν < ἔχετε> A.Supp. 837

    (lyr.).
    e ἔξω τινὸς πόδα ἔχειν keep one's foot out of a thing, i. e. be clear of it,

    ἔξω κομίζων πηλοῦ πόδα Id.Ch. 697

    ;

    πημάτων ἔξω πόδα ἔχει Id.Pr. 265

    ;

    ἐκτὸς κλαυμάτων S.Ph. 1260

    ;

    ἔξω πραγμάτων E.Heracl. 109

    : without a gen., ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα Pi.P.4.289: opp.

    εἰς ἄντλον ἐμβήσῃ πόδα E.Heracl. 168

    ;

    ἐν τούτῳ πεδίλῳ.. πόδ' ἔχων Pi.O.6.8

    .
    g τὴν ὑπὸ πόδα [κατάστασιν] just below them, Plb.2.68.9; ὑπὸ πόδας τίθεσθαι trample under foot, scorn, Plu.2.1097c; οἱ ὑπὸ πόδα those next below them (in rank), Onos.25.2; ὑπὸ πόδα χωρεῖν recede, decline, of strength, Ath. [voice] Med. ap.Orib. inc.21.16.
    h for ὀρθῷ ποδί, v. ὀρθός 11.1.
    k ἁλιεῖς ἀπὸ ποδός prob. fishermen who fish from the land, not from boats, BGU221.5 (i1/iii A. D.); ποτίσαι ἀπὸ ποδός perh. irrigate by the feet (of oxen turning the irrigation-wheel), PRyl.157.21 (ii A. D.); τόπον.. ἀπὸ ποδὸς ἐξηρτισμένον dub. sens. in POsl.55.11 (ii/iii A. D.).
    1

    ἀγγεῖον.. τρήματα ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ ποδὸς ἔχον

    round the bottom,

    Dsc.2.72

    .
    7 πούς τινος, as periphr. for a person as coming, etc., σὺν πατρὸς μολὼν ποδί, i.e. σὺν πατρί, E.Hipp. 661;

    παρθένου δέχου πόδα Id.Or. 1217

    , cf. Hec. 977, HF 336;

    χρόνου πόδα Id.Ba. 889

    (lyr.), Ar.Ra. 100; also ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός, i.e. μόνος ὤν, S.Ph.91; οἱ δ' ἀφ' ἡσύχου π., i.e. οἱ ἡσύχως ζῶντες, E.Med. 217.
    II metaph., of things, foot, lowest part, esp. foot of a hill, Il.2.824, 20.59 (pl.), Pi.P.11.36, etc.; of a table, couch, etc., Ar.Fr. 530, X.Cyr.8.8.16, etc.; cf. πέζα; of the side strokes at the foot of the letter Ω, Callias ap.Ath.10.454a; = ποδεών 11.1,

    ἀσκοῦ.. λῦσαι π. E.Med. 679

    .
    2 in a ship, πόδες are the two lower corners of the sail, or the ropes fastened therelo, by which the sails are tightened or slackened, sheets (cf.

    ποδεών 11.4

    ), Od.5.260; χαλᾶν πόδα ease off the sheet, as is done when a squall is coming, E.Or. 707; τοῦ ποδὸς παρίει let go hold of it, Ar.Eq. 436;

    ἐκδοῦναι ὀλίγον τοῦ ποδός Luc.Cont.3

    ; ἐκπετάσουσι πόδα ναός (with reference to the sail), E.IT 1135 (lyr.): opp. τεῖναι πόδα haul it tight, S.Ant. 715; ναῦς ἐνταθεῖσα ποδί a ship with her sheet close hauled, E.Or. 706;

    κὰδ' δ'.. λαῖφος ἐρυσσάμενοι τανύοντο ἐς πόδας ἀμφοτέρους A.R.2.932

    ;

    ἱστία.. ἐτάνυσσαν ὑπ' ἀμφοτέροισι πόδεσσι Q.S.9.438

    .
    b perh. of the rudder or steering-paddle,

    αἰεὶ γὰρ πόδα νηὸς ἐνώμων Od.10.32

    (cf. Sch.ad loc.);

    πὰρ ποδὶ ναός Pi.N.6.55

    .
    III a foot, as a measure of length, = 4 palms ([etym.] παλασταί ) or 6 fingers, Hdt.2.149, Pl.Men. 82c, etc.
    IV foot in Prosody, Ar.Ra. 1323 (lyr.), Pl.R. 400a, Aristox. Harm.p.34 M., Heph.3.1, etc.; so of a metrical phrase or passage,

    ἔκμετρα καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν π. Luc.Pr.Im.18

    ; of a long passage declaimed in one breath,

    κήρυκες ὅταν τὸν καλούμενον πόδα μέλλωσιν ἐρεῖν Gal.4.459

    , cf. Luc.Demon.65, Poll.4.91.
    V boundary stone, Is.Fr.27. (Cf. Lat. pes, Goth. fotus, etc. 'foot'; related to πέδον as noted by Arist. IA 706a33.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πούς

  • 12 munio

    1.
    mūnĭo (old form moenio, v. below), īvi or ĭi, ītum, 4 ( fut. munibis for munies, Veg. Vet. 1, 10, 5), v. a. [moenia, lit. to wall; hence], to build a wall around, to defend with a wall, to fortify, defend, protect, secure, put in a state of defence (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    arcem ad urbem obsidendam,

    Nep. Tim. 3, 3:

    palatium,

    Liv. 1, 7:

    locum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24, 3.—With abl.:

    Alpibus Italiam munierat ante natura,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 14, 34:

    domum praesidiis,

    id. Cat. 1, 4, 10:

    castra vallo fossāque,

    with palisades and a trench, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    locum muro,

    id. ib. 29.—With a homogeneous object, prov.:

    magna moenis moenia,

    you are undertaking a great thing, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 73:

    duovir urbis moeniendae,

    Inscr. Orell. 7142.— Absol.: quod idoneum ad muniendum putarent, for fortifying, i. e. for use in the fortifications, Nep. Them. 6, 21; Hirt. B. G. 8, 31. —Also, to surround, guard, for the protection of other things: ignem ita munire ut non evagaretur, Mos. et Rom. Leg. Coll. 12, 7, 7.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    In gen., to defend, guard, secure, protect, shelter:

    Pergamum divinā moenitum manu,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 2:

    hortum ab incursu hominum,

    Col. 11, 3, 2:

    spica contra avium morsūs munitur vallo aristarum,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 51:

    hieme quaternis tunicis et tibialibus muniebatur,

    he defended, protected, covered himself, Suet. Aug. 82. —
    2.
    To make a road, etc., i. e. to make passable by opening, repairing, or paving it:

    quasi Appius Caecus viam munierit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    rupem,

    Liv. 21, 37:

    itinera,

    Nep. Hann. 3, 4:

    TEMPE MVNIVIT,

    Inscr. Orell. 587. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To guard, secure, strengthen, support (cf.:

    fulcio, sustineo): meretriculis Muniendis rem cogere,

    to maintain, support, Plaut. Truc. 2, 2, 54 (dub.; Speng. moenerandis; v. munero).— Am strengthening myself:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18, 2:

    imperium,

    to secure, Nep. Reg. 2, 2:

    muniri adversus fraudes,

    to secure one's self, Plin. 37, 13, 76, § 198 (dub. moneri, Jahn):

    se contra ruborem,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    se multorum benevolentiā,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 26, 84:

    se contra perfidiam,

    id. Fam. 4, 14, 3:

    aliquid auctoritate,

    Vell. 2, 127, 2:

    domum terrore,

    Plin. Pan. 48, 3.—
    B.
    Munire viam, to make or open a way:

    haec omnia tibi accusandi viam muniebant,

    prepared the way for your accusation, Cic. Mur. 23, 48:

    sibi viam ad stuprum,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 25, § 64.—Hence, mūnītus, a, um, P. a., defended, fortified, protected, secured, safe (class.):

    nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem et audaciam posset esse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39.— Neutr. plur. munita as subst.: munita viāi, fortification or breastwork of the mouth (cf. Homer. herkos odontôn), the lips, Lucr. 3, 498.— Comp.:

    se munitiorem ad custodiendam vitam suam fore,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 3.— Sup.:

    munitissima castra,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 55.— Adv.: mūnītē, securely, safely (ante-class.):

    munitius,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 141. Müll.
    2.
    munĭo, ōnis, a false reading for nomionem, v. Orell. and Klotz, ad h. l.; Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > munio

  • 13 haben

    (hatte,gehabt) - {to get (got,got) được, có được, kiếm được, lấy được, nhận được, xin được, hỏi được, tìm ra, tính ra, mua, học, mắc phải, ăn, bắt được, đem về, thu về, hiểu được, nắm được, đưa, mang, chuyền, đem, đi lấy - bị, chịu, dồn vào thế bí, dồn vào chân tường, làm bối rối lúng túng không biết ăn nói ra sao, làm cho, khiến cho, sai ai, bảo ai, nhờ ai, to have got có, phải, sinh, đẻ, tìm hộ, mua hộ, xoay hộ - cung cấp, đến, tới, đạt đến, trở nên, trở thành, thành ra, đi đến chỗ, bắt đầu, cút đi, chuồn - {to have (had,had) có, biết được, uống, hút, hưởng, cho phép, muốn, biết, hiểu, nhớ, có bổn phận phải, bắt buộc phải, nói, cho là, chủ trương, tin chắc là, thắng, thắng thế, tóm, nắm, nắm chặt &), sai khiến - nhờ, bảo, bắt, bịp, lừa bịp - {to own} là chủ của, nhận, nhìn nhận, thừa nhận là có, thừa nhận là đúng, cam tâm nhận, thú nhận, đầu thú - {to possess} chiếm hữu, ám ảnh = sie haben {they have}+ = wir haben {we've}+ = gern haben {to be fond of; to like; to love}+ = lieb haben {to be fond of}+ = übrig haben {to spare}+ = recht haben {to be justified; to be on solid ground; to be right}+ = nötig haben {to be in need of; to have need of; to require; to want}+ = nicht haben {to lack}+ = zu tun haben [mit] {to be concerned [with]}+ = es eilig haben {to be in a hurry; to be pressed for time}+ = sehr gern haben {to be fond of; to be partial}+ = genug haben von {to be tired of}+ = zu tun haben mit {to deal with; to touch}+ = so will er es haben {that's the way he wants it}+ = nicht genug von etwas haben {to be short of something}+

    Deutsch-Vietnamesisch Wörterbuch > haben

  • 14 ἐκτρέπω

    ἐκτρέπω, [dialect] Ion. [suff] ἐκτρᾰχηλ-τράπω [pron. full] [ᾰ],
    A turn out of the course, turn aside,

    τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ ῥέεθρον Hdt.1.186

    , cf. 2.11, Th.5.65;

    μηδ' εἰς Ἑλένην κότον ἐκτρέψῃς A.Ag. 1464

    (lyr.), cf. Th. 628 (lyr.);

    τὸ δυστυχὲς δὲ τοῦτ' ἐς ἄλλον ἐκτρέπει E.Supp. 483

    ; ἑαυτοῦ μιαρίαν εἴς τινα ἐ. Antipho 2.3.9;

    ἐ. [τινὰ] πρὸς ποίμνας S.Aj.53

    :—[voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., turn off o<*> aside,

    ἐκτραπέσθαι ὁδὸν μακροτέρην Hdt.1.104

    : abs., Id.2.80, X.HG7.4.22, etc.: c. gen., turn aside from,

    τοῦ πρόσθεν λόγου S.OT 851

    ; also

    ἐ. ἐκ.. Hdt.1.75

    ;

    ἀπὸ.. ἐπί.. Pl.Sph. 222a

    ;

    πόθεν δεῦρο ἐξετραπόμεθα Id.R. 543c

    .
    2 turn a person off the road, order him out of the way, S.OT 806:—[voice] Pass. ([tense] fut.

    - τραπήσομαι Luc.Herm.86

    ) and [voice] Med., ἐκτρέπεσθαί τινα get out of one's way, D.19.225, cf. Ar.Pl. 837, Luc.Tim. 5; avoid,

    τὸν ἔλεγχον Plb.35.4.14

    ;

    τὴν φιλοσοφίαν Jul.Or.7.223d

    : c. inf.,

    ὀφθῆναι AP10.56.10

    (Pall.): abs., cj. in S.OC 1541.
    3 τὴν δρῶσαν ἐ. prevent her from acting, Id.El. 350.
    III Medic. in [voice] Pass., to be diverted or everted, Hp.Steril.213, Off.14, Dsc.2.15 (perh. to be put out of joint, Ep.Hebr.12.13, Hippiatr.26).
    IV turn or change,

    εἴς ἄσπορον PRyl.133.22

    (i A.D.), cf. Ael.NA14.28:—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν ἐκτραπῆναι Plb.6.4.9

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγεννείας εἰς μέμψεις Arr. Epict.1.6.42

    .
    V [voice] Pass., to be brought to birth, Astrol. t.t., Vett. Val.50.27, al.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐκτρέπω

  • 15 οὐρανός

    οὐρανός, οῦ, ὁ 24:31 (Hom.+; ‘heaven’ in various senses)
    the portion or portions of the universe gener. distinguished from planet earth, heaven (so mostly in the sing.; s. B-D-F §141, 1)
    mentioned w. the earth
    α. forming a unity w. it as the totality of creation (Pla., Euthyd. 296d οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ; Gen 1:1; 14:19, 22; Tob 7:17 BA; Jdth 9:12; Bel 5; 1 Macc 2:37 al.; PsSol 8:7; ParJer 5:32; Just., D. 74, 1; PGM 13, 784 ὁ βασιλεύων τῶν οὐρανῶν κ. τῆς γῆς κ. πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνδιατριβόντων; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 59, 6; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 13]) ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Mt 5:18; 11:25; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 10:21; 16:17; 21:33; Ac 4:24; 14:15; 17:24 (on the absence of the art. s. B-D-F §253, 3); Rv 14:7; 20:11; Dg 3:4; AcPlCor 2:9; 19.
    β. standing independently beside the earth or contrasted w. it: Mt 5:34f; Ac 7:49 (cp. on both Is 66:1). ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ (τῆς) γῆς Mt 6:10; 28:18; Lk 11:2 v.l.; Rv 5:13.—1 Cor 8:5; Rv 5:3; ISm 11:2. τὸ πρόσωπον τ. γῆς καὶ τ. οὐρανοῦ Lk 12:56. Cp. Hb 12:26 (Hg 2:6); Js 5:12.—τὰ ἔσχατα τ. γῆς as extreme contrast to heaven 1 Cl 28:3. By God’s creative word the heaven was fixed and the earth founded on the waters Hv 1, 3, 4. Neither heaven nor earth can be comprehended by human measure 16:2 (Is 40:12). On ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 s. under ἄκρον. ὁ πρῶτος οὐρ. καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ will give way in the last times to the οὐρ. καινός and the γῆ καινή Rv 21:1 (cp. Is 65:17; 66:22).
    as firmament or sky over the earth; out of reach for humans Hm 11:18. Hence ἕως οὐρανοῦ (ApcEsdr 4:32) Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 or εἰς τὸν οὐρ. Hv 4, 1, 5 as an expr. denoting a great height. Likew. ἀπὸ τ. γῆς ἕως τ. οὐρανοῦ 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin); GPt 10:40 (for a transcendent being who walks on the earth and whose head touches the sky, s. Il. 4, 443). Since the heaven extends over the whole earth, ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. under (the) heaven = on earth, throughout the earth (Pla., Tim. 23c, Ep. 7, 326c; UPZ 106, 14 [99 B.C.]; Eccl 1:13; 3:1; Just., A II, 5, 2) Ac 2:5; 4:12; Col 1:23; Hs 9, 17, 4; m 12, 4, 2. ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ throughout the earth 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14). ἐκ τῆς (i.e. χώρας) ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανόν from one place on earth to another Lk 17:24 (cp. Dt 29:19; Bar 5:3; 2 Macc 2:18 ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον).—In the last days there will appear τέρατα ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ ἄνω wonders in the heaven above Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3 v.l.). σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Rv 12:1, 3 (cp. Diod S 2, 30, 1 τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ γινόμενα=what takes place in the heavens; Ael. Aristid. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D., where the statue of Asclepius from Pergamum appears ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ). The sky can even be rolled up; s. ἑλίσσω.—Rain falls fr. heaven (X., An. 4, 2, 2) and heaven is closed to bring about a drought Lk 4:25.—Rv 11:6; Js 5:18 (cp. 2 Ch 6:26; 7:13; Sir 48:3). Lightning also comes fr. heaven (Bacchylides 17, 55f ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ … ἀστραπάν [=Attic-ήν]) Lk 10:18. Likew. of other things that come down like rain to punish sinners: fire Lk 9:54 (cp. 4 Km 1:10; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 14 [Stone p. 24]); Rv 20:9; fire and brimstone Lk 17:29 (cp. Gen 19:24); apocalyptic hail Rv 16:21; AcPl Ha 5, 7.
    as starry heaven IEph 19:2. τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρ. (cp. ἄστρον and s. Eur., Phoen. 1; Diod S 6, 2, 2 ἥλιον κ. σελήνην κ. τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανόν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 13 K.=1 p. 5 D.; TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 2:11) Hb 11:12. οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρ. 1 Cl 32:2 (Gen 22:17); cp. 10:6 (Gen 15:5). In the time of tribulation at the end of the world the stars will fall fr. heaven Mt 24:29a; Mk 13:25a; Rv 6:13; 12:4. Cp. 8:10; 9:1. ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. (s. οὐράνιος) the host of heaven, of the stars, which some Israelites illicitly worshipped Ac 7:42 (worship of the στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. in enmity to Yahweh also Jer 7:18; 19:13; Zeph 1:5; 2 Ch 33:3, 5). These are also meant by the δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:29b; Lk 21:26; cp. Mk 13:25b (cp. δύναμις 4).
    as place of atmosphere (cp. TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 15 [Stone p. 22] εἰς τὴν αἰθέρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ); clouds hover in it, the νεφέλαι τοῦ οὐρ. (s. νεφέλη) Mt 24:30b; 26:64; Mk 14:62; D 16:8. Likew. the birds, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Gen 1:26; Ps 8:9; Jdth 11:7; ParJer 7:3; cp. Bar 3:17) Mt 6:26; 8:20; 13:32; Mk 4:32; Lk 8:5; 9:58; Ac 10:12; 11:6; 6:12 (Gen 1:26), 18; Hs 9, 24, 1; GJs 3:2 codd.; 18:2 codd.—πυρράζει ὁ οὐρανός Mt 16:2, 3.—In connection w. τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα Lk 10:18 the atmosphere may well be thought of as an abode of evil spirits. On Satan as the ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, s. ἀήρ. Cp. also the λεγόμενοι θεοὶ εἴτε ἐν οὐρ. εἴτε ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Cor 8:5. In any case Rv 12:7f speaks of the dragon and his angels as being in heaven.
    The concept of more than one heaven (the idea is Semitic; but s. FTorm, ZNW 33, ’34, 48–50, who refers to Anaximander and Aristot. Also Ps.-Apollod. 1, 6, 1, 2 ms. and Achilles Tat. 2, 36, 4 and 37, 2 ms. have οὐρανοί; Himerius, Or. 66 [=Or. 20], 4 οὐρανοί as the abode of the gods; also Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.] c. 66 JFlach of the ‘godless heathen’ Tribonian.—Schlatter, Mt2 p. 58 on 3:2: ‘The pl. οὐρανοί is found neither in Philo nor Joseph.’ Cp. PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 141–46; Mussies 84) is also found in our lit. (s. 1aα; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 15]), but it is not always possible to decide with certainty just where the idea is really alive and where it simply survives in a formula (in J’s Gospel the pl. is entirely absent; Rv has it only 12:12 [fr. LXX]. Eph always has the pl. In others the sing. and pl. are interchanged for no apparent reason [cp. Hb 9:23 w. 24 or Hv 1, 1, 4 w. 1, 2, 1; also GPt 10:40f; Ps. 113:11 lines 1 and 2; TestAbr, TestJob, Just., Tat.]): the third heaven (cp. Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 12 ἐς τρίτον οὐρανὸν ἀεροβατήσας [s. on ἀνακαινίζω and πνεῦμα 8]; PSI 29, 2ff [IV A.D.?] ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν καθήμενον ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ οὐρανῷ … ἐν τῷ β´ οὐρ. … ἐν τῷ γ´ οὐρ.; Simplicius, In Epict. p. 100, 13 Düb. ὀκτὼ οὐρανοί; TestLevi 3:3; GrBar 11:1 εἰς πέμπτον οὐ. Combination of the third heaven and paradise, GrBar 10:1ff; ApcMos 37. S. τρίτος 1a) 2 Cor 12:2 (s. JohJeremias, Der Gottesberg 1919, 41ff; Ltzm., Hdb.4 ’49, exc. on 2 Cor 12:3f [lit.]). ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν Eph 4:10. τ. πάντα ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς κ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς Col 1:16; cp. vs. 20. ἔργα τ. χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρ. Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26).—4:14; 7:26; 2 Pt 3:5, 7, 10, 12f (of the heavens, their destruction in the final conflagration, and their replacement by the καινοὶ οὐρ.); 1 Cl 20:1; 33:3. τακήσονταί τινες τῶν οὐρανῶν 2 Cl 16:3.—S. also Lampe s.v. 2.—From the concept of various celestial levels a transition is readily made to
    transcendent abode, heaven (the pl. is preferred for this mng.: B-D-F §141, 1; Rob. 408)
    as the dwelling-place (or throne) of God (Sappho, Fgm. 56 D.2 [=Campbell 54] of Eros; Solon 1, 22 D.3 of Zeus; Hom. Hymn to Aphrodite 291 [all three οὐρ. in the sing. as the seat of the gods]; Pla., Phdr. 246e ὁ μέγας ἐν οὐρανῷ Ζεύς; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2; 3, 4 ὁ οὐρ. as οἰκητήριον θεοῦ or θεῶν; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 22 θεῶν μακάρων κατʼ οὐρανόν; Artem. 2, 68 p. 159, 13 ὁ οὐρανὸς θεῶν ἐστὶν οἶκος; Ael. Aristid. 43, 14 K.=1 p. 5 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 11b; ins from Saïtaï in Lydia [δύναμις 5]; IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 8 p. 129.—On the OT: GWestphal, Jahwes Wohnstätten 1908, 214–73) Mt 23:22; Ac 7:55f; Hb 8:1; 16:2b (Is 66:1); Dg 10:7. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρ. Hv 1, 1, 6 (cp. Tob 5:17 S). ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρ. (Gen 24:3) Rv 11:13; 16:11. ὁ κύριος ἐν οὐρανοῖς Eph 6:9; cp. Col 4:1. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν (μου, ἡμῶν) ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρ. (silver tablet fr. Amisos: ARW 12, 1909, 25 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μέγας ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ καθήμενος) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1, 9; 7:11, 21b; 10:33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10b, 14, 19; Mk 11:25f; Lk 11:2 v.l.; D 8:2 (here the sing. ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Cp. PGM 12, 261 τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεῷ). ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the Father who (gives) from heaven Lk 11:13 (Jos., Ant. 9, 73 ἐκχέαι τὸν θεὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ). God dwells in τὰ ὕψη τῶν οὐρ. 1 Cl 36:2. Therefore the one who prays looks up toward heaven: ἀναβλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. (s. ἀναβλέπω 1) Mt 14:19; Mk 6:41; 7:34; Lk 9:16; MPol 9:2; 14:1. ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρ. εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ Ac 7:55; ἐπάρας τ. ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρ. J 17:1.—The Spirit of God comes fr. (the open) heaven Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10; Lk 3:21; J 1:32; Ac 2:2(–4); 1 Pt 1:12; AcPlCor 2:5. The voice of God resounds fr. it (Maximus Tyr. 35, 7b Διὸς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μέγα βοῶντος, the words follow) Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; J 12:28; Ac 11:9; MPol 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 88, 8), and it is gener. the place where divine pronouncements originate Ac 11:5 and their end vs. 10. The ὀργὴ θεοῦ reveals itself fr. heaven Ro 1:18 (s. Jos., Bell. 1, 630 τὸν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δικαστήν). Also, a σημεῖον ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τοῦ οὐρ. is a sign given by God Mt 16:1; Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; cp. 21:11.—Lampe s.v. 4.
    Christ is ἐξ οὐρανοῦ from heaven, of a heavenly nature 1 Cor 15:47 (s. ἄνθρωπος 1d. On this HKennedy, St. Paul and the Conception of the ‘Heavenly Man’: Exp. 8th ser., 7, 1913, 97–110; EGraham, CQR 113, ’32, 226) and has come down from heaven J 3:13b, 31; 6:38, 42, 50 (Ar. 15, 1 ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; Mel., P. 66, 467 ἀφικόμενος ἐξ οὐρανῶν), as ὁ ἄρτος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (s. ἄρτος 2). Cp. Ro 10:6. He returned to heaven (τὴν ἔνσαρκον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺ ἀνάληψιν Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 91, 2]; on the ascension s. CHönn, Studien zur Geschichte der Hf. im klass. Altertum: Progr. Mannheim 1910; EPfister, Der Reliquienkult im Altertum II 1912, 480ff; HDiels, Himmels u. Höllenfahrten v. Homer bis Dante: NJklA 49, 1922, 239–53; RHolland, Zur Typik der Himmelfahrt: ARW 23, 1925, 207–20; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32, 533 [ind.: Ascensus]; WMichaelis, Zur Überl. der Hf.s-geschichte: ThBl 4, 1925, 101–9; AFridrichsen, D. Hf. bei Lk: ibid. 6, 1927, 337–41; GBertram, Die Hf. Jesu vom Kreuz: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 187–217 [UHolzmeister, ZKT 55, ’31, 44–82]; HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930, 1ff; VLarrañaga, L’Ascension de Notre-Seigneur dans le NT ’38 [fr. Spanish]. S. also at ἀνάστασις 2 end, and διά A 2a) to live there in glory: Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51; Ac 1:10f (AZwiep, The Ascension of the Messiah in Lukan Christology ’97); 2:34; 7:55f; 9:3; 22:6; 1 Pt 3:22; 15:9. Christians await his return fr. heaven: Ac 1:11; Phil 3:20; 1 Th 1:10; 4:16; 2 Th 1:7 (Just., A I, 51, 8 al.).—When Messianic woes have come to an end, τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ then the sign of the Human One (who is) in heaven will appear; acc. to the context, the sign consists in this, that he appears visibly in heavenly glory Mt 24:30.—Lampe s.v. 10b.
    as the abode of angels (Gen 21:17; 22:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 12; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 34 [Stone p. 8]; ParJer 3:2; ApcMos 38; Just., D. 57, 2) Mt 18:10a; 22:30; 24:36; 28:2; Mk 12:25; 13:32; Lk 2:15; 22:43; J 1:51; Gal 1:8; Rv 10:1; 18:1; 19:14; 20:1. Cp. Eph 3:15.—Lampe s.v. 7.
    Christians who have died also dwell in heaven (cp. Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 35 οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ θείων κ. μακαρίων αἰώνιον τάξιν; Libanius, Or. 21 p. 459, 9 F. πόρρω τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκοῦντος χοροῦ; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 33, 5; 12; Artem. 2, 68 p. 160, 25 τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπαλλαγείσας τῶν σωμάτων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνιέναι τάχει χρωμένας ὑπερβάλλοντι; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23: the daemon of the dead holds the σῶμα of the dead person, τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ οὐρανός; Quintus Smyrn. 7, 88; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 26 [Stone p. 54]; TestJob 39:13; ApcEsdr 7:3). Their life, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἐν οὐρανῷ ζῆν, stands in strong contrast to the ὄντως θάνατος, that leads to the everlasting fire Dg 10:7b. Rhoda, who greets Hermas from heaven Hv 1, 1, 4, need not have died (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.), and still she shows us that heaven is open to the devout. Furthermore, the true citizenship of Christians is in heaven (Tat. 16, 1 τὴν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πορείαν; s. πολίτευμα) Phil 3:20; cp. Dg 5:9. Their names are enrolled in heaven (s. βίβλος 2) Lk 10:20; Hb 12:23. In heaven there await them their glorified body 2 Cor 5:1f, their reward Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, their treasure Mt 6:20; Lk 12:33, the things they hoped for Col 1:5, their inheritance 1 Pt 1:4. It is a place of peace Lk 19:38.—ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ the New Jerusalem (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα 2) will come down to earth Rv 3:12; 21:2, 10.
    The concept of a heaven in which God, attendant spirits of God, and the righteous dead abide, makes it easy to understand the taking over of certain OT expressions in which heaven is personified εὐφραίνεσθε οἱ οὐρανοί (cp. Is 44:23; 49:13; Mel., P. 98, 747) Rv 12:12; cp. 18:20; 9:3 (Is 1:2); 11:2 (Jer 2:12); 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).
    an indirect reference to God, God fig. ext. of 2 (s. βασιλεία 1b.—A common Hebrew practice, but not unknown among polytheists: Philippides Com. [IV/III B.C.] 27 νὴ τὸν οὐρανόν. Acc. to Clem. Al., Protr. 5, 66, 4 Θεόφραστος πῇ μὲν οὐρανὸν, πῇ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοεῖ=Theophrastus at one time thinks of God as heaven and at another time as spirit; Appian, Hann. 56 §233 σημεῖα ἐκ Διός [ln. 14 Viereck-R.]=ἐξ οὐρανοῦ [ln. 16]; JosAs 19:2; SEG XXVIII, 1251, 3 [III/IV A.D.; s. New Docs 3, 49f]). ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. sin against God Lk 15:18, 21. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30f; Lk 20:4f. βασιλεία τῶν οὐρ. (GrBar 11:2) in Mt=βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 3:2; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 19f; 7:21; 8:11; 10:7; 11:11f; 13:11, 24, 31, 33, 44f, 47, 52; 16:19; 18:1, 3f, 23; 19:12, 14, 23; 20:1; 22:2; 23:13; 25:1: J 3:5 v.l.; AcPl Ha 8, 31 (restored)=BMM verso 3.—B. 53; 1484. DELG. M-M. DLNT 439–43. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οὐρανός

  • 16 φαίνω

    φαίνω (Hom.+) fut. 3 pl. φανοῦσιν Da 12:3; 1 aor. ἔφανα (B-D-F §72; Mlt-H. 214f), subj. 3 sg. φάνῃ Rv 8:12; 18:23; 2 pf. πέφηνα (Tat.). Mid.: aor. subj. 3 sg. φάνηται (Just., A I, 7, 4). Pass.: impf. ἐφαινόμην; 2 fut. φανήσομαι (2 Macc 6:27; s. B-D-F §79; Mlt-H. 262; the older φανοῦμαι only in the LXX—quot. 1 Pt 4:18); 2 aor. ἐφάνην; pf. 3 sg. πέφανται and inf. πέφανθαι (Just.)
    to shine or to produce light, shine
    as act., exc. for GJs 16:2 v.l. (s. deStrycker ad loc.), in our lit. only intr. shine, give light, be bright (Aristoph., Nub. 586 of the sun; Pla., Tim. 39b; Theocr. 2, 11 of the moon; Gen 1:15, 17; En 104:2; 2; TestJob 31:5 of stars; SibOr 5, 522; 8, 203) sun Rv 1:16. Sun and moon 21:23 (ApcMos 31); moon PtK 2 p. 14, 27; Dg 7:2. A lamp (1 Macc 4:50) 2 Pt 1:19; in imagery J 5:35 (in a comparison Theoph. Ant. 2, 13 [p. 134, 4]). Light Rv 18:23 (φάνῃ modern edd.; φανῇ t.r.) in imagery J 1:5; 1J 2:8. Day and night shine, in so far as the sun, or moon and stars give their light Rv 8:12 (text φάνῃ; v.l. φανῇ). φαίνοντος ἤδη τοῦ ὄρθρου AcPl Ha 4, 3 (s. ὄρθρος).—Of the brightness of a heavenly messenger AcPl Ha 3, 28; 31; 36.
    pass., in act. sense, of light and its sources shine, flash (Is 60:2) ἐφάνη φῶς μέγα ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ GJs 19:2 (JosAs 14:3 φῶς ἀνεκλάλητον) of stars, in imagery Phil 2:15 (TestJob 31:5). Of lightning as a portent (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 1) Mt 24:27. Of light Rv 18:23 (v.l. φανῇ). Of a star appear Mt 2:7 (FBoll, ZNW 18, 1918, 45f); GJs 21:2 codd. Of the day (Appian, Iber. 35 §143 φαινομένης ἡμέρας) Rv 8:12.
    to become visible, appear, pass. φαίνομαι w. act./intr. sense
    appear, be or become visible, be revealed τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια Mt 13:26 (cp. 2 Macc 1:33 τό ὕδωρ ἐφάνη). τά ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων 2 Cl 16:3. τό σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου Mt 24:30. Cp. D 16:6. ἀτμὶς φαινομένη (opp. ἀφανιζομένη) Js 4:14. Cp. Hv 3, 2, 6a. ὁ ἀσεβὴς ποῦ φανεῖται; what will become of the godless man? 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31). οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως nothing like this was ever seen (=happened) Mt 9:33. τὸ φαινόμενον that which is visible (Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 270) IRo 3:3a. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον whatever is visible before your face (opp. τὰ ἀόρατα) IPol 2:2. φαινόμενα things which appear Hb 11:3 (Ar. 1, 5 πάντων τῶν φαινομένων; Ath. 5, 2; cp. Sext. Emp., Hypotyp. 1, 138). Ign. explains: I will be a real believer ὅταν κόσμῳ μὴ φαίνωμαι when I am no longer visibly present in the world (because I have been devoured by the wild beasts) IRo 3:2. A play on words is meant to make this clear: Christ also, through the fact that he is ἐν πατρί and hence no longer visibly present in the world, μᾶλλον φαίνεται is all the more plainly visible as that which he really is, i.e. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν 3:3b. τ̣ὸ̣ [τέλο]ς (or: τ̣ε̣[λο]ς) τῶν φαινο[μέ]νων (opp. ἀφανῶν) light of things seen Ox 1081, 29f (rev. rdg.; s. διέρχομαι 1bβ); ἡ πίστ[ις] εὑρ[ετ]έ̣ [α] ἡ φαινομένη τοῦ ἀ.[ … ι]κ̣οῦ πατρός 32–34 (s. ἀπατρικός, but also ἀγέννητος, the preferred restoration being ἀγ[εννή]τ̣ου on the basis of the Coptic).
    make one’s appearance, show oneself (Diod S 4, 6, 5 θεὸν φαίνεσθαι παρʼ ἀνθρώποις; 5, 2, 4 [divinity]; Chariton 5, 7, 10 φάνηθι, δαῖμον ἀγαθέ; Sb 8141, 24 [ins I B.C.] δαίμονος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ υἱὸς … ἐφάνη; ParJer 7:20 θεὸς … ἐφάνη ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ αἰέτου τούτου; SibOr 5, 152; Just., A I, 63, 10; ἐφάνη ὁ θεὸς … ἄλλως ἄλλοις Iren. 1, 10, 3 [Harv. I, 95, 9]; Did., Gen. 225, 13; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ … φαινομένου Just., D. 88, 8) Hv 1, 4, 3. Elijah (Jos., Ant. 8, 319) ἐφάνη has made his appearance (as forerunner of God’s kingdom, Mal 3:22. Some people consider that Jesus is Elijah come again) Lk 9:8. ἕως ἐφάνη βρέφος until the child (Jesus) appeared (in ref. to his birth in a cave) GJs 19:2. Of the first advent of Jesus Christ, who comes from outside our world B 14:5; IMg 6:1; Dg 11:2; also w. dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 43; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 5; Ael. Aristid. 51, 25 K.=27 p. 540 D.: ἡ θεὸς ἐφάνη μοι) κόσμῳ 11:3. Of the risen Lord, w. dat. Mk 16:9 (Just., D. 67, 7) τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. Of an angel, w. dat. (2 Macc 3:33; 10:29) Mt 1:20 (GJs 14:2); 2:13, 19 (cp. Alcaeus L-P. [schol. on Nicander, Ther. 613 p. 48 Keil]: φανῆναι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καθʼ ὕπνους; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 289 κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ ῏Ισις ἐφάνη τῷ Ἀ., Ant. 7, 147; 8, 196). ὄπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by people Mt 6:5; w. ptc. to denote the role that one plays before people (Hyperid., Fgm. 70, 1; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 1; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 428 D.) νηστεύοντες as fasting vs. 16; cp. 18 (B-D-F §414, 3).—Of the Antichrist φανήσεται ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ he will appear (in the same way) as a son of God D 16:4.—Of earthly persons: ὅπου ἄν φανῇ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, ἐκεῖ τὸ πλῆθος ἔστω ISm 8:2. Of participation in a meeting διὰ τί οὐκ ἐφάνης τῇ συνόδῳ ἡμῶν GJs 15:1. Παῦλος φανεῖς πᾶσι εἶπεν Paul showed himself (after his martyrdom) to all and said AcPl Ha 11, 5.
    to become known, be recognized, be apparent, be revealed, pass. φαίνομαι w. act./intr. sense
    w. predicate nom. εἰ ἦσαν, ἐφαίνοντο ἂν κλάδοι τοῦ σταυροῦ if they (the bogus teachers) actually were (God’s planting), they would appear as branches of the cross ITr 11:2. οὐ φαίνονται they are not apparent Hs 3:2ab, 3ab. ἡ ἁμαρτία ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία in order that sin might be recognized as sin Ro 7:13.
    appear to the eyes of the spirit, be revealed ὅπερ καὶ φανήσεται πρὸ προσώπου ἡμῶν, ἐξ ὧν ἀγαπῶμεν αὐτόν which also will be revealed before our face by the fact that we love (the Lord) IEph 15:3.
    to be known by appearance as opposed to underlying reality, appear as someth., appear to be someth., pass. φαίνομαι w. act./intr. sense made more definite by a predicate nom. (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 19; Cebes 5, 1; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 4 πιστὸς ἐφαίνετο=he showed himself to be trustworthy; TestReub 5:7; Iren. 5, 1, 2 [Harv. II 315, 5]; Theoph. Ant. 3, 7 [p. 218, 5]) φαίνονται ὡραῖοι Mt 23:27. ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν 2 Cor 13:7. W. dat. of pers. appear to someone as someth. (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 25, 1; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 7 [Stone p. 54]) φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι Mt 23:28 (cp. Pr 21:2). W. ἐνώπιόν τινος instead of the dat.: ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 24:11.—Foll. by ὡς look as if (TestJos 3:4) Hv 3, 2, 6b; Hs 9, 9, 7.
    to make an impression on the mind, have the appearance, seem, freq. w. focus on aspect of decision evoked by circumstance; pass. φαίνομαι w. act./intr. sense, w. dat. and inf. (Hom. et al.) οἱ τοιοῦτοι οὐκ εὐσυνείδητοί μοι εἶναι φαίνονται IMg 4. W. dat. and ptc. φαίνεσθέ μοι κατὰ ἀνθρώπους ζῶντες ITr 2:1. τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; how does it seem to you? what is your decision? Mk 14:64. ἐάν σοι φανῇ if it seems good to you Hv 2, 3, 4 (acc. to CTurner, JTS 21, 1920, 198, a Latinism: si tibi videtur. Cp. POxy 811 [I A.D.] εἴ σοι φαίνεται). Without a dat. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 12; Just., D. 91, 4) οὐδὲν φαίνεται κεκομμένον ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ nothing seems to have been cut from it (the tree) or apparently nothing has been cut from it (cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 83 φαίνεται Ὄλυμπος αὐξήσας μουσικήν=O. has apparently enriched music) Hs 8, 3, 1 (φαίνεται w. acc. and inf. Demetrius: 722 Fgm. 5 Jac.).—B. 1045f.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > φαίνω

  • 17 ἔξω

    ἔξω, Adv. of ἐξ, as εἴσω of εἰς:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of motion, out or out of,

    ἔ. ἰών Od.14.526

    ;

    χωρεῖν ἔ. Hdt.1.10

    ;

    πορεύεσθαι Pl.Phdr. 247b

    ;

    βλέπειν D.18.323

    ; ἔ. τοὺς χριστιανούς (sc. φέρε) Luc.Alex.38, etc.
    b as Prep., c. gen.,

    ἔ. χροὸς ἕλκε Il.11.457

    ;

    ἔ. βήτην μεγάροιο κιόντε Od.22.378

    ; ἔ. or γῆς ἔ. βαλεῖν, A.Th. 1019, S.OT 622, etc.: pleon. with

    ἐκ, κραδίη δέ τοι ἔ. στηθέων ἐκθρῴσκει Il.10.94

    ;

    ἐκ τῆς ταφῆς ἐκφέρειν ἔ. Hdt.3.16

    , cf. E.Hipp. 650: ἐκπλώσαντες ἔ. τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον sailing outside the H., Hdt.5.103;

    ἔ. τὸν Ἑλλ. πλέων 7.58

    .
    2 without any sense of motion, outside, Od.10.95, etc.; τὸ ἔ. the outside, Th.7.69; τὸ ἔ. τῶν ὀμμάτων their prominency, Pl.Tht. 143e; τὰ ἔ. things outside the walls or house, Th.2.5, X.Oec.7.30; external things, Pl.Tht. 198c; τὰ ἔ. πράγματα foreign affairs, Th.1.68; οἱ ἔ. those outside, Id.5.14; of exiles, Id.4.66, cf. S.OC 444 (but in NT, the heathen, 1 Ep.Cor.5.12);

    ἡ ἔ. στηλέων θάλασσα ἡ Ἀτλαντὶς καλεομένη Hdt.1.202

    , cf. Pl.Criti. 108e; ἡ ἔ. θάλασσα, opp. ἡ εἴσω, Aristid.Or.40(5).9; ἔ. τὴν χεῖρα ἔχειν keep one's arm outside one's cloak, Aeschin.1.25.
    b as Prep., c. gen., οἱ ἔ. γένους, opp. τὰ ἐγγενῆ, S.Ant. 660;

    ἔ. τῶν κακῶν οἰκεῖν Id.OT 1390

    ; ἔ. τοξεύματος out of range of arrows, Th.7.30; ἔ. βελῶν, τῶν β., X.Cyr.3.3.69, An.5.2.26; ἔ. τοῦ πολέμου unconcerned with the war, Th.2.65;

    τοῦ πάσχειν κακῶς ἔ. γενήσεσθε D.4.34

    ; τῶν ἔ. τοῦ πράγματος ὄντων persons unconcerned in the matter, Id.21.45, cf. ib.15; πράξεις ἔ. τῆς ὑποθέσεως λεγομένας away from the subject, Isoc.12.74;

    ἔ. τοῦ πράγματος Arist.Rh. 1354a22

    ; ἔ. τοῦ δικαστηρίου [ἔπαινοι] Luc.Hist.Conscr.59; ἔ. λόγου τίθεσθαι, θέσθαι, Plu.2.671a, Tim.36; ἔ. πάτου ὀνόματα out-of-the-way words, Luc.Hist.Conscr.44; ἔ. πίστεως beyond belief, Id.DMar.4.1; ἔ. φρενῶν out of one's senses, Pi.O7.47;

    ἔ. ἐλαύνειν τοῦ φρονεῖν E.Ba. 853

    ;

    ἔ. σαυτοῦ γίγνῃ Pl. Ion 535b

    ;

    ἔ. γνώμης E. Ion 926

    ; οὐδὲν ἔ. τοῦ φυτεύσαντος δρᾷς unlike thy sire, S.Ph. 904; ἔ. τῆς ἀνθρωπείας.. νομίσεως alien to human belief, Th.5.105: prov., αἴρειν ἔ. πόδα πηλοῦ keep clear of difficulties, Suid.; so

    ἔ. κομίζων πηλοῦ πόδα A.Ch. 697

    ;

    πημάτων ἔ. πόδα ἔχειν Id.Pr. 265

    ;

    ἔ. πραγμάτων ἔχειν πόδα E.Heracl. 109

    .
    II of Time, beyond, over,

    ἔ. μέσου ἡμέρας X.Cyr.4.4.1

    ;

    ἔ. τῆς ἡλικίας D.3.34

    ;

    ἔ. πέντ' ἐτῶν Id.38.18

    .
    III without, except, c. gen.,

    ἔ. σεῦ Hdt.7.29

    , cf. 4.46;

    ἔ. ἤ.. Id.2.3

    , 7.228;

    ἔ. τοῦ πλεόνων ἄρξαι

    besides..,

    Th.5.97

    , cf. 26; ἔ. τοῦ ἐφθακέναι ἀδικοῦντες except the being first to do wrong, Epist. Philipp. ap. D.18.39, cf. PSI6.577.17, PCair.Zen.225.4.
    IV τὰ κατὰ τὸν Φίλιππον ἔ. τελέως ἐστί, Philip is 'played out', Plb.5.28.4.— Cf. ἐξωτέρω, -τάτω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔξω

  • 18 mirar

    v.
    1 to look at (dirigir la vista a).
    mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at something closely/from a distance
    ¡míralos! look at them!
    mirar algo por encima to glance over something, to have a quick look at something
    mirar a alguien bien/mal to think highly/poorly of somebody
    mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look somebody up and down
    Ella mira la luna She looks at the moon.
    Ella mira She looks.
    ¡mira! look (at that!)
    mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…
    mira que te avisé I told you so
    mira por dónde… guess what?, would you believe it? (peninsular Spanish)
    ¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're being really tedious/silly!
    3 to check, to look through.
    le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage
    Ella mira la revista She looks through=leafs through the magazine.
    4 to check, to look.
    he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere
    5 to watch.
    Ella mira el partido She watches the game.
    6 to consider, to think about, to think over.
    Ella mira la posibilidad She considers the possibility.
    * * *
    1 (observar) to look at; (con atención) to watch
    2 (buscar) to look; (registrar) to search
    4 (averiguar) to see, find out
    5 (dar) to face
    6 (tener cuidado con) to watch, mind, be careful
    7 (tener en cuenta) to consider
    1 (gen) to look; (con atención) to stare
    2 (buscar) to look
    3 (tener cuidado) to mind, watch, be careful
    \
    de mírame y no me toques very fragile, delicate
    mira que si... what if...
    ¡mira! (gen) look! 2 (con asombro) well I never!, fancy that! 3 (como aviso) look here!
    mira que te lo dije I did tell you, didn't I?
    mira quién habla look who's talking
    mira, yo no digo nada look, I'm not saying a thing
    mirándolo bien... thinking about it...
    mirar a alguien por encima del hombro to look down one's nose at somebody
    mirar algo/a alguien con buenos/malos ojos to have a good/bad opinion of something/somebody
    mirar algo por encima to have a quick look at something
    mirar atrás to look back
    mirar de arriba a abajo a alguien to look somebody up and down
    mirar por alguien to think of somebody
    mirarse en alguien to look up to somebody
    ¡mira por donde! would you believe it!
    ¡mira que!
    ¡mira que es tonto! he's so stupid!
    * * *
    verb
    1) to look, look at
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=ver) to look at

    mirar a algn de arriba abajoto look sb up and down

    mirar algo/a algn de reojo o de través — to look at sth/sb out of the corner of one's eye

    mirar fijamente algo/a algn — to gaze o stare at sth/sb

    mirar algo por encimato glance over sth

    hombro
    2) (=observar) to watch
    3) (=comprobar)

    mira a ver lo que hace el niñogo and see o check what the boy's up to

    4) (=pensar en)

    ¡no gastes más, mira que no tenemos dinero! — don't spend any more, remember we've no money!

    mirándolo bien, bien mirado o si bien se mira o mirándolo bien, la situación no es tan grave — all in all, the situation isn't that bad, if you really think about it, the situation isn't all that bad

    bien mirado o mirándolo bien, creo que lo haré más tarde — on second thoughts, I think I'll do it later

    5) (=ser cuidadoso con)
    6) [uso exclamativo]
    a) [en imperativo]

    ¡mira qué cuadro tan bonito! — look, what a pretty painting!

    ¡mira cómo me has puesto de agua! — look, you've covered me in water!

    ¡mira lo que has hecho! — (just) look what you've done!

    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

    ¡mira (bien) lo que haces! — watch what you do!

    ¡mira con quién hablas! — just remember who you're talking to!

    b) [indicando sorpresa, disgusto]

    mira que, ¡mira que es tonto! — he's so stupid!

    ¡mira que te avisé! — didn't I warn you?

    ¡mira que ponerse a llover ahora! — it would have to start raining right now!

    c) [indicando esperanza, temor]

    mira que si, ¡mira que si ganas! — imagine if you win!

    ¡mira que si no viene! — just suppose he doesn't come!

    ¡mira que si es mentira! — just suppose it isn't true!, what if it isn't true?

    7) LAm (=ver) to see

    ¿lo miras? — can you see it?

    2. VI
    1) [con la vista] to look

    me vio pero miró hacia otro lado — she saw me, but she looked the other way

    mirar de reojo o de través — to look out of the corner of one's eye

    2) (=comprobar) to look

    ¿has mirado en el cajón? — have you looked in the drawer?

    3) (=estar orientado hacia) to face
    4) (=cuidar)

    mirar por algn — to look after sb, take care of sb

    debes de mirar por tus hermanosyou should look after o take care of your brothers

    5) [uso exclamativo]
    a) [en imperativo]

    ¡mira! un ratón — look, a mouse!

    mira, yo creo que... — look, I think that...

    mira, déjame en paz ahora — look, just leave me alone now

    mire usted, yo no tengo por qué aguantar esto — look here, I don't have to put up with this

    b) [indicando sorpresa, admiración]

    mira si, ¡mira si estaría buena la sopa que todos repitieron! — the soup was so good that everyone had seconds!

    ¡mira si es listo el niño! — what a clever boy he is!

    - ¡pues mira por dónde...!
    6)

    mirar a(=proponerse) to aim at

    7) frm

    por lo que mira a — as for, as regards

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

    se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

    ser de mírame y no me toquesto be very fragile o delicate

    b) <programa/partido> to watch
    2) ( fijarse) to look

    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

    lo mires por donde lo mireswhatever o whichever way you look at it

    mirar algo en menos< regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

    mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

    5)
    a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

    mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

    mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

    mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

    mira que ya son las nueveyou realize o you (do) know it's already nine

    2.
    mirar vi
    1) (observar, contemplar) to look

    ¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

    2) ( fijarse) to look

    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

    sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

    mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

    mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

    y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

    mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

    ponte mirando hacia la ventanastand (o sit etc) facing the window

    a) ( preocuparse por) to think of
    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
    3.
    mirarse v pron
    a) (refl) to look at oneself
    b) (recípr) to look at each other
    * * *
    = look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.
    Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).
    Ex. This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.
    Ex. If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.
    Ex. As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex. The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.
    Ex. One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.
    Ex. According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.
    Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    Ex. The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    ----
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * bien mirado = all things considered.
    * deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.
    * haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * mirándolo bien = all things considered.
    * ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.
    * mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.
    * mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.
    * mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a hurtadillas = peep.
    * mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.
    * mirar con desdén = scowl (at).
    * mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.
    * mirar de arriba abajo = eye.
    * mirar dentro de = peer into.
    * mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.
    * mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.
    * mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.
    * mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.
    * mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.
    * mirar furtivamente = peep.
    * mirar hacia = overlook.
    * mirar hacia abajo = look down.
    * mirar hacia arriba = look up.
    * mirar hacia atrás = look back.
    * mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.
    * mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * mirar ligeramente = glance at.
    * mirar para atrás = look back.
    * mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.
    * mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.
    * mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.
    * mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * si bien se mira = all things considered.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

    se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

    ser de mírame y no me toquesto be very fragile o delicate

    b) <programa/partido> to watch
    2) ( fijarse) to look

    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

    lo mires por donde lo mireswhatever o whichever way you look at it

    mirar algo en menos< regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

    mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

    5)
    a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

    mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

    mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

    mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

    mira que ya son las nueveyou realize o you (do) know it's already nine

    2.
    mirar vi
    1) (observar, contemplar) to look

    ¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

    2) ( fijarse) to look

    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

    sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

    mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

    mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

    y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

    mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

    ponte mirando hacia la ventanastand (o sit etc) facing the window

    a) ( preocuparse por) to think of
    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
    3.
    mirarse v pron
    a) (refl) to look at oneself
    b) (recípr) to look at each other
    * * *
    = look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.
    Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).

    Ex: This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.

    Ex: If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.
    Ex: As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex: The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.
    Ex: One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.
    Ex: According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.
    Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    Ex: The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    * a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * bien mirado = all things considered.
    * deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.
    * hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.
    * haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.
    * mirando al sur = south facing.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * mirándolo bien = all things considered.
    * ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.
    * mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.
    * mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.
    * mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a hurtadillas = peep.
    * mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.
    * mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.
    * mirar con desdén = scowl (at).
    * mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).
    * mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.
    * mirar de arriba abajo = eye.
    * mirar dentro de = peer into.
    * mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.
    * mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.
    * mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.
    * mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.
    * mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.
    * mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.
    * mirar furtivamente = peep.
    * mirar hacia = overlook.
    * mirar hacia abajo = look down.
    * mirar hacia arriba = look up.
    * mirar hacia atrás = look back.
    * mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.
    * mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * mirar ligeramente = glance at.
    * mirar para atrás = look back.
    * mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.
    * mirar por encima = eyeball.
    * mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.
    * mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.
    * mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.
    * mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.
    * mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.
    * mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * si bien se mira = all things considered.

    * * *
    mirar [A1 ]
    ■ mirar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 contemplar: dibujo, etc
    2 mirar: programa, partido
    B fijarse
    C considerar: problema, cuestión
    D ser cuidadoso con
    E
    1 expresando incredulidad etc
    2 en advertencias
    ■ mirar (verbo intransitivo)
    A observar, contemplar
    B fijarse
    C estar orientado hacia algo
    D
    1 preocuparse por
    2 cuidar
    ■ mirarse (verbo pronominal)
    1 cuidarse
    2 contemplarse
    vt
    A
    1 (contemplar) ‹dibujo/persona› to look at
    se me quedó mirando con la boca abierta he just stared at me open-mouthed, he just gaped at me
    miró el reloj con disimulo she glanced furtively at her watch
    miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window
    no me mires así don't look at me like that
    nunca te mira a los ojos cuando te habla he never looks you in the eye when he's talking to you
    la miró de arriba (a) abajo he eyed o looked her up and down
    estaba mirando una revista he was looking o leafing through a magazine
    se quedó mirando cómo lo hacía he stood watching how she did it
    ¿has leído el informe? — lo he mirado muy por encima have you read the report — I've only had a quick look at it o I've only given it a cursory glance
    salieron a mirar escaparates or ( AmL) vidrieras they went (out) window shopping
    mírame y no me toques: esta cristalería es de las de mírame y no me toques you've only to look at this glassware and it breaks
    el encaje es muy antiguo y está que mírame y no me toques the lace is very old and it's very fragile o delicate
    2 ‹programa/partido› to watch
    mirar televisión to watch television
    B (fijarse) to look
    mira qué vestido más bonito what a lovely dress!, that's a lovely dress, isn't it?
    a ver si mira por dónde va why don't you look where you're going?
    mira cómo se divierten look what fun they're having!
    ¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!
    antes de salir mira bien que no quede ninguna luz encendida make sure o check there are no lights left on before you go out
    mira a ver si el pollo está listo look o have a look at the chicken to see if it's done
    C (considerar) ‹problema/cuestión›
    míralo desde otro punto de vista look at it from another point of view
    mira bien lo que haces think hard o carefully about what you're doing
    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea
    bien mirado or mirándolo bien, había algo extraño en él thinking about it o now that I come to think about it, there was something strange about him
    mirándolo bien creo que prefiero quedarme en casa on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay at home
    lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it
    mirar algo/a algn en menos: me miró en menos el regalo y me costó tan caro the present I gave her cost the earth and she looked down her nose at it
    yo que lo miré en menos y es un rico heredero I turned my nose up at him and it turns out he's the the heir to a fortune!
    los miran en menos porque son pobres people look down on them because they're poor
    mirar mal or no mirar bien a algn: en el trabajo no lo miran bien he's not very highly thought of at work, they don't have a very high opinion of him at work
    lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair
    los miran mal porque no están casados they're frowned upon because they're not married, people disapprove of them because they're not married
    D
    (ser cuidadoso con): mira mucho el dinero she's very careful with her money
    mira hasta el último céntimo he watches every penny
    E
    1
    (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc): ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que tú también te metes en cada lío …! you're a fine one to talk, with all the scrapes you get into! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que no saber dónde está Helsinki …! imagine o ( BrE) fancy not knowing where Helsinki is!
    ¡mira que eres tacaño! you're so mean! boy, you're mean! ( colloq)
    ¡mira que te lo he dicho de veces …! the times I've told you!, how many times do I have to tell you?
    ¡mira quién habla! look o hark who's talking!
    mira si será egoísta, que no me lo quiso prestar talk about (being) selfish! he wouldn't lend it to me
    2
    (en advertencias): mira que mañana hay huelga de trenes remember that there's a train strike tomorrow
    mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience
    ¿todavía estás aquí? mira que ya son las nueve are you still here? you realize o you (do) know it's already gone nine …
    ■ mirar
    vi
    A (observar, contemplar) to look
    no mires, que es una sorpresa don't look, it's a surprise
    cuando hay alguna escena violenta yo no miro when there's a violent scene I don't look
    se mira y no se toca look but don't touch
    he mirado por todas partes y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere but I can't find it
    se pasa el día mirando por la ventana he spends the whole day looking out of the window
    ¿estás seguro de que no está? ¿miraste bien? are you sure it's not there? did you have a good look? o did you look properly?
    tienes que mirar por aquí/por este agujero you have to look through here/through this hole
    mirar atrás to look back
    B (fijarse) to look
    mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla well, it's very simple
    sacó el primer premio — ¡mira tú! he won first prize — well, well! o well I never! o you're kidding! o ( BrE) get away! ( colloq)
    mire, le quería hacer una pregunta look, there's something I wanted to ask you
    no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo no, to be honest o to tell you the truth, I don't believe it either
    mira, no me vengas ahora con excusas look, I don't want to listen to your excuses
    mira, hazlo como te dé la gana well o look, just go ahead and do it however you like!
    mira por dónde ( Esp fam): yo no quería participar y, mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo I didn't even want to take part and yet, would you believe it? I won the trophy o and guess what? I won the trophy
    ¿no decías que era tan difícil conseguir una entrada? pues mira por dónde, no había ni cola didn't you say it was really difficult to get a ticket? well, can you believe it? there wasn't even a line ( AmE) o ( BrE) queue ( colloq)
    y mira por dónde, tenía yo razón and, you know what? I was right ( colloq)
    C (estar orientado) mirar A/ HACIA algo; to face sth
    la fachada mira al sur the front of the building faces south o is south-facing
    esa habitación mira al mar that room overlooks the sea
    el balcón mira a las montañas the balcony looks out onto the mountains
    ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand ( o sit etc) facing the window
    1 (preocuparse por) to think of
    no mira más que por sus intereses he only thinks of his own interests
    mira por ti misma, los demás que se las arreglen just worry about yourself o just think of o about yourself, and let others sort out their own problems
    2 ( Col) (cuidar) to look after
    ¿quién mira por los niños? who's looking after o taking care of the children?
    1 ( refl) to look at oneself
    se miró en el or al espejo she looked at herself in the mirror
    2 ( recípr) to look at each other
    se miraron extrañados they looked at each other in surprise
    * * *

     

    mirar ( conjugate mirar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (observar, contemplar) to look at;


    no me mires así don't look at me like that;
    mirar a algn a los ojos to look sb in the eye;
    se me quedó mirando he just stared at me;
    miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window;
    miraba cómo lo hacía he was watching how she did it;
    ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras to go window shopping
    b)programa/partido/televisión to watch

    2 ( fijarse) to look;
    ¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!;

    mira bien que esté apagado make sure o check it's off;
    miré a ver si estaba listo I had a look to see if he was ready
    3 ( considerar):

    lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it;
    mirándolo bien ( pensándolo detenidamente) all things considered;

    ( pensándolo mejor) on second thoughts;

    mirar mal a algn to disapprove of sb
    4 (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc):
    ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! (colloq);

    ¡mira que eres tacaño! boy, you're mean! (colloq);
    ¡mira las veces que te lo habré dicho …! the times I've told you!
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en general) to look;

    mirar por la ventana to look out of the window;
    ¿miraste bien? did you have a good look?, did you look properly?;
    mirar atrás to look back
    2 ( estar orientado) mirar A/HACIA algo [ fachada] to face sth;
    [terraza/habitación] to look out over sth, overlook sth;
    ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand (o sit etc) facing the window

    3


    b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after

    mirarse verbo pronominal



    mirar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to look at: me miró con preocupación, he looked at me with concern
    mirar una palabra en el diccionario, to look up a word in the dictionary
    2 (examinar) to watch: miraba la película atentamente, she was watching the film carefully
    míralo con atención, look at it carefully
    3 (tener cuidado) mira bien con quién andas, be careful of the company you keep
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (buscar) miraré en ese rincón, I'll have a look in that corner
    2 (cuidar) to look after sb/sthg: mira por tus intereses, she is looking after your interests
    3 (estar orientado) to face: la fachada mira al norte, the façade faces north ➣ Ver nota en ver
    ' mirar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alrededor
    - atrás
    - dar
    - directoria I
    - directorio
    - fijamente
    - hito
    - hombro
    - lupa
    - manía
    - mirada
    - observar
    - ojo
    - trasluz
    - ver
    - vista
    - volver
    - aguaitar
    - atentamente
    - bien
    - caer
    - cerca
    - checar
    - desesperación
    - escudriñar
    - huevo
    - infinito
    - microscopio
    - mirado
    - reojo
    - soslayo
    - vacío
    - valer
    - vidriera
    English:
    about
    - around
    - at
    - browse
    - clock
    - comb
    - contemplate
    - dig around
    - disdain
    - even
    - eye
    - face
    - gape
    - gaze
    - glance
    - glance up
    - glare
    - glower
    - hard
    - intently
    - leer
    - look
    - look at
    - look back
    - look down
    - look out
    - look round
    - nose
    - peek
    - regard
    - scowl
    - sideways
    - sneak
    - space
    - square
    - squint
    - stare
    - steadily
    - steal
    - survey
    - take
    - tear away
    - view
    - watch
    - window-shopping
    - askance
    - bright
    - double
    - down
    - fine
    * * *
    vt
    1. [dirigir la vista a] to look at;
    [detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare at;
    mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at sth closely/from a distance;
    ¡míralos! look at them!;
    mira lo que pone en ese cartel look (at) what that sign says;
    mirar a la gente pasar to watch people go by;
    no paraba de mirarme he kept staring at me;
    pasaba horas mirando las estrellas I would spend hours gazing at the stars;
    mirar algo/a alguien con disimulo to glance furtively at sth/sb;
    mirar algo por encima to glance over sth, to have a quick look at sth;
    mirar a alguien con ira to look angrily at sb, to glare at sb;
    mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look sb up and down;
    Fam
    ser de mírame y no me toques to be very fragile
    2. [fijarse en]
    primero mira cómo lo hago yo first, watch o see how I do it;
    mira que no falte nada en las maletas check to see nothing's missing from the suitcases;
    míralos bien y dime cuál te gusta más have a good look at them and tell me which you like best
    3. [examinar] to check, to look through;
    he mirado todo el periódico I've looked through the whole newspaper;
    miraremos tu expediente con mucha atención we'll look at your file very carefully;
    le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage;
    eso te lo tiene que mirar un médico you should have that looked at by a doctor
    4. [considerar]
    mira bien lo que haces be careful about what you do;
    míralo desde este ángulo… look at it this way…;
    bien mirado…, mirándolo bien… if you think about it…;
    aunque bien mirado, podemos ir los dos on second thoughts, we could both go;
    lo mires por donde lo mires whichever way you look at it;
    mirar a alguien bien/mal to approve/disapprove of sb;
    en este país miran mucho la puntualidad punctuality is very important to people in this country;
    mirar mucho el dinero to be very careful with money
    vi
    1. [dirigir la vista] to look;
    [detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare;
    mira bien antes de cruzar look carefully before crossing the road;
    miraban por la ventana they were looking out of the window;
    ¡mira! look (at that)!;
    mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…;
    Esp
    mira por dónde guess what?, would you believe it?;
    también Irónico
    ¡mira qué bien! isn't that great!;
    mira que te avisé I told you so;
    ¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're so annoying/silly!;
    ¡mira que salir sin paraguas con la que está cayendo! fancy going out without an umbrella in this rain!;
    ¡mira si haría calor que no pude dormir! it was so hot I couldn't sleep!;
    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!;
    Am Fam
    mirar feo: siempre miraba feo a mis amigos she always looked down her nose at my friends
    2. [buscar] to check, to look;
    he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere
    3.
    mirar a [orientarse hacia] [casa, fachada] to face;
    [habitación, terraza] to look out onto;
    la mezquita mira al este the mosque faces east;
    la habitación mira al mar the room looks out onto the sea
    4.
    mirar por [cuidar de] to look after;
    mirar por los demás to look out for other people;
    sólo mira por sus intereses she only looks after her own interests
    5. Fam [averiguar, comprobar]
    mirar a ver si to see if o whether;
    mira a ver si ha llegado la carta (go and) see if the letter has arrived;
    mira a ver si tienes algo de cambio para dejarme (have a look and) see if you've got any change you could lend me
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 look at
    2 ( observar) watch;
    3 fig ( considerar) look at, consider;
    no mirar el precio not worry about the cost;
    mira bien lo que haces think carefully about what you’re doing
    4 L.Am. ( ver) see;
    ¿qué miras desde aquí? what can you see from here?
    II v/i look;
    mirar a/hacia algo face sth;
    mirar al norte de una ventana etc face north;
    mirar por look through; ( cuidar) look after;
    mirar por la ventana look out of the window;
    ¡mira! look!;
    ¡mira por dónde! would you believe it?;
    mirándolo bien thinking about it, now that I etc come to think about it
    * * *
    mirar vt
    1) : to look at
    2) observar: to watch
    3) reflexionar: to consider, to think over
    mirar vi
    1) : to look
    2) : to face, to overlook
    3)
    mirar por : to look after, to look out for
    * * *
    mirar vb
    1. (en general) to look / to look at
    2. (observar) to watch
    3. (considerar) to think about [pt. & pp. thought]
    4. (consultar) to look up

    Spanish-English dictionary > mirar

  • 19 Selander, Lesley

    1900-1979
       Sus origenes en el cine se situan dentro de la tarea de operador de camara y, despues, ayudante de direccion. Su carrera como director comienza realmente en 1936. Lesley Selander es uno de los grandes especialistas del western, con mas de cien peliculas a sus espaldas. Decir “uno de los grandes especialistas” no es lo mismo que decir “uno de los grandes nombres” y, en efecto, la trayectoria de Selander, en lo que a la calidad de sus peliculas se refiere, es irregular. Lo que, sin embargo, sorprende es que la valoracion media de sus westerns no es baja, lo que indica que el director poseia un especial instinto para el genero, que pone de manifiesto con una plastica mas que correcta y un buen manejo del tiempo de la narracion. Inabarcable por su extension, es dificil senalar los filmes que destacan en tan amplia muestra, pero si me veo en la obligacion de citar alguno, no dudaria en elegir las peliculas que hizo para Allied Artists a finales de los anos 40 y principios de los 50, y algunas otras de las ultimas que realizo, como Dakota Lil o The Broken Star.
        Ride’ Em Cowboy. 1936. 59 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Universal. Buck Jo nes, Luana Walters.
        The Boss Rider of Gun Creek. 1936. 65 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Univ er sal. Buck Jones, Muriel Evans.
        Empty Saddles. 1936. 67 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Universal. Buck Jones, Louise Brooks, Claire Rochelle.
        Sandflow. 1937. 58 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Universal. Buck Jones, Lita Chevret.
        Left Handed Law. 1937. 63 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Universal. Buck Jones, Noel Francis, Nina Quartero.
        Smoke Tree Range. 1937. 59 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Universal. Buck Jones, Muriel Evans.
        Hopalong Rides Again. 1937. 65 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Lois Wilde, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        The Barrier. 1937. 90 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Leo Carrillo, Jean Parker, James Ellison.
        Partners of the Plains. 1938. 68 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Gwen Gaze, Russell Hayden, Harvey Clark.
        Cassidy on Bar 20. 1938. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Nora Lane, Russell Hayden, Frank Darien.
        Heart of Arizona. 1938. 68 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Natalie Moorhead, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        Bar 20 Justice. 1938. 70 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Gwen Gaze, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        Pride of the West. 1938. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Charlotte Field, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        The Mysterious Rider. 1938. 74 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Douglas Drumbrille, Russell Hayden, Charlotte Field.
        The Frontiersman. 1938. 74 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Evelyn Venable, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        Sunset Trail. 1939. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Charlotte Wynters, Jane Clayton, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        Heritage of the Desert. 1939. 74 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Donald Woods, Russell Hayden, Evelyn Venable, Robert Barrat.
        Silver on the Sage (De cara a cara). 1939. 68 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Ruth Rogers, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        The Renegade Trail. 1939. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Charlotte Wynters, Russell Hayden, George Hayes.
        Range War. 1939. 66 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Betty Moran, Russell Hayden, Britt Wood.
        Santa Fe Marshal. 1940. 65 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Bernadine Hayes, Russell Hayden, Britt Wood.
        Knights of the Range. 1940. 68 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Russell Hayden, Jean Parker, Victor Jory.
        The Light of Western Stars. 1940. 67 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Para mount. Russell Hayden, Victor Jory, Jo Ann Sayers.
        Hidden Gold. 1940. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Ruth Rogers, Russell Hayden, Britt Wood.
        Stagecoach War. 1940. 63 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Julie Carter, Russell Hayden, Eddy Waller.
        Cherokee Strip. 1940. 86 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Richard Dix, Florence Rice, Victor Jory, Andy Clyde.
        Three Men from Texas (Hombres del Oeste). 1940. 70 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Esther Estrella, Russell Hayden, Andy Clyde.
        Doomed Caravan. 1941. 62 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Georgia Hawkins, Russell Hayden, Andy Clyde.
        The Roundup. 1941. 90 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Richard Dix, Patricia Morison, Preston Foster.
        Pirates on Horseback. 1941. 69 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. Wi lliam Boyd, Eleanor Stewart, Russell Hayden, Andy Clyde.
        Wide Open Town (La ley del Oeste). 1941. 78 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Evelyn Brent, Bernice Kay, Russell Hayden, Andy Clyde.
        Riders of the Timberline. 1941. 59 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Eleanor Stewart, Brad King,
        Stick to Your Guns. 1941. 63 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Paramount. William Boyd, Jennifer Holt, Brad King, Andy Clyde.
        Thundering Hoofs. 1942. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Luana Walters, Lee White, Ray Whitley.
        Bandit Ranger. 1942. 58 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Joan Barclay, Cliff Edwards.
        Undercover Man. 1942. 68 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Nora Lane, Esther Estrella, Jay Kirby, Andy Clyde.
        Border Patrol. 1943. 66 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Claudia Drake, Jay Kirby, Andy Clyde.
        Buckskin Frontier. 1943. 74 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. Richard Dix, Jane Wyatt, Lee J. Cobb, Albert Dekker.
        Colt Comrades. 1943. 67 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Gayle Lord, Jay Kirby, Andy Clyde.
        Red River Robin Hood. 1942. 57 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Barbara Moffett, Cliff Edwards.
        Bar 20. 1943. 54 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Dustine Farnum, George Reeves, Andy Clyde.
        Riders of the Deadline. 1943. 70 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Frances Woodward, Jimmy Rogers, Andy Clyde.
        Lost Canyon. 1942. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Nora Lane, Jay Kirby, Andy Clyde.
        Lumberjack. 1944. 65 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Ellen Hall, Jimmy Rogers, Andy Clyde.
        Forty Thieves. 1944. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. UA. William Boyd, Louise Currie, Jimmy Rogers, Andy Clyde.
        Call of the Rockies. 1944. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Sunset Carson, Smiley Burnette, Ellen Hall.
        Bordertown Trail. 1944. 55 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Sunset Carson, Smiley Burnette, Ellen Lowe.
        Stagecoach to Monterey. 1944. 55 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Allan Lane, Peggy Stewart, Roy Barcroft.
        Cheyenne Wildcat. 1944. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Bill Elliott, Peggy Stewart, Bob Blake.
        Sheriff of Sundown. 1944. 55 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Allan Lane, Max Terhune, Linda Sterling.
        Firebrands of Arizona. 1944. 55 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Sunset Carson, Smiley Burnette, Peggy Stewart.
        Sheriff of Las Vegas. 1944. 55 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Bill Elliott, Peggy Stewart, Bob Blake.
        The Great Stagecoach Robbery. 1945. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Bill Elliott, Bob Blake.
        Trail of Kit Carson. 1945. 57 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Allan Lane, Helen Talbot.
        Phantom of the Plains. 1945. 56 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Bill Elliott, Bob Blake.
        Out California Way. 1946. 67 minutos. Trucolor. Republic. Monte Hale, Adrian Booth, John Dehner, Bobby Blake.
        Last Frontier Uprising. 1947. 67 minutos. Trucolor. Republic. Monte Hale, Adrian Booth, Roy Barcroft.
        Saddle Pals. 1947. 72 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Gene Autry, Lynne Roberts, Sterling Holloway.
        Robin Hood of Texas. 1947. 71 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Republic. Gene Autry, Lynne Roberts, Sterling Holloway.
        The Red Stallion. 1947. 81 minutos. Cinecolor. Eagle Lion. Robert Paige, Noreen Nash.
        Belle Star’s Daughter. 1947. 85 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Alson (Fox). George Montgomery, Rod Cameron, Ruth Roman.
        Panhandle (Imperio del crimen). 1948. 85 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Allied. Rod Cameron, Cathy Downs, Reed Hadley, Anne Gwynne.
        Guns of Hate. 1948. 62 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Nan Leslie, Richard Martin.
        Indian Agent. 1948. 63 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Nan Leslie, Richard Martin, Lee “Lasses” White.
        Brothers in the Saddle. 1949. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Virginia Cox, Richard Martin.
        Rustlers. 1949. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Martha Hyer, Richard Martin.
        Stampede. 1949. 78 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Allied. Rod Cameron, Johnny Mack Brown, Gale Storm.
        Masked Raiders. 1949. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Marjorie Lord, Richard Martin.
        The Mysterious Desperado. 1949. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Movita, Richard Martin.
        Dakota Lil. 1950. 88 minutos. Cinecolor. Fox. George Montgomery, Marie Windsor, Rod Cameron.
        Riders of the Range. 1950. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Jacqueline White, Richard Martin.
        Storm Over Wyoming. 1950. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Noreen Nash, Betty Underwood, Richard Martin.
        Rider from Tucson. 1950. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Elaine Riley, Veda Ann Borg, Richard Martin.
        Rio Grande Patrol (Patrulla de Rio Grande). 1950. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Jane Nigh, Richard Martin.
        The Kangaroo Kid. 1950. 72 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Allied Australian. Jock Mahoney, Veda Ann Borg, Douglass Dumbrille, Martha Hyer.
        Short Grass. 1950. 82 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Allied. Rod Cameron, Johnny Mack Brown, Cathy Downs.
        Law of the Badlands. 1951. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Joan Dixon, Richard Martin
        Saddle Legion. 1951. 61 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Dorothy Malone, Richard Martin.
        Cavalry Scout. 1951. 78 minutos. Cinecolor. Monogram. Rod Cameron, Audrey Long, Jim Davis.
        Gunplay. 1951. 69 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Joan Dixon, Richard Martin.
        Pistol Harvest. 1951. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Joan Dixon, Richard Martin.
        Overland Telegraph. 1951. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Gail Davis, Richard Martin.
        Fort Osage. 1952. 72 minutos. Cinecolor. Monogram. Rod Cameron, Jane Nigh.
        Trail Guide (Rastro oculto). 1952. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Linda Douglas (Mary Jo Tarola), Richard Martin.
        Road Agent. 1952. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Noreen Nash, Richard Martin.
        Desert Passage. 1952. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. RKO. Tim Holt, Joan Dixon, Richard Martin.
        The Raiders. 1952. 80 minutos. Technicolor. Universal. Richard Conte, Viveca Lindfords, Richard Martin, Barbara Britton.
        Fort Vengeance (Fort Venganza). 1953. 75 minutos. Cinecolor. Allied. James Craig, Rita Moreno, Keith Larsen.
        Cow Country. 1953. 82 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Allied. Edmond O’Brien, Peggie Castle, Robert Barrat, Helen Westcott.
        War Paint. 1953. 89 minutos. Pathecolor. K-B Productions (UA). Robert Stack, Joan Taylor, Charles McGraw.
        Arrow in the Dust (Flechas incendiarias). 1954. 80 minutos. Technicolor. Allied. Sterling Hayden, Coleen Gray, Keith Larsen.
        The Yellow Tomahawk. 1954. 82 minutos. Color Corp. Of America. Bel-Air (UA). Rory Calhoun, Peggie Castle, Peter Graves.
        Shotgun (La pradera sangrienta). 1955. 81 minutos. Technicolor. Allied. Sterling Hayden, Yvonne De Carlo, Zachary Scott.
        Fort Yuma. 1955. 78 minutos. Technicolor. Bel-Air (UA). Peter Graves, Jean Vohs, John Hudson, Joan Taylor.
        Tall Man Riding. 1955. 83 minutos. Warnercolor. WB. Randolph Scott, Dorothy Malone, Robert Barrat, Peggie Castle.
        The Broken Star. 1956. 82 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Bel-Air (UA). Howard Duff, Lita Baron, Bill Williams.
        Quincannon - Frontier Scout. 1956. 83 minutos. Color DeLuxe. Bel-Air (UA). Tony Martin, Peggie Castle, John Bromfield.
        Tomahawk Trail. 1957. 60 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Bel-Air (UA). Chuck Connors, Susan Cummings, John Smith.
        Revolt at Fort Laramie. 1957. 73 minutos. Color DeLuxe. Bel-Air (UA). John Dehner, Gregg Palmer, Frances Helm.
        Outlaw’s Son. 1957. 87 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Bel-Air (UA). Dane Clark, Ben Cooper, Lori Nelson.
        The Lone Ranger and the Lost City of Gold. 1958. 80 minutos. East man color. UA. Clayton Moore, Jay Silverheels, Noreen Nash.
        Convict Stage. 1965. 71 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Fox. Harry Lauter, Do nald Barry, Jodi Mitchell.
        War Party. 1965. 72 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Fox. Michael T. Mikler, Do nald Barry, Laurie Mack.
        Fort Courageous. 1965. 72 minutos. Blanco y Negro. Fox. Fred Beir, Do nald Barry, Hanna Landy.
        Town Tamer. 1965. 89 minutos. Technicolor. Techniscope. A.C. Lyles (Para mount). Dana Andrews, Terry Moore, Pat O’Brien, Coleen Gray.
        The Texican/Texas Kid (Texas Kid). 1966. 86 minutos. Eastmancolor. Techniscope. M.C.R./Balcazar (Columbia). Audie Murphy, Broderick Craw ford, Diana Lorys
        Fort Utah. 1967. 83 minutos. Technicolor. Techniscope. A.C. Lyles (Para mount). John Ireland, Virginia Mayo, Scott Brady.
        Arizona Bushwhackers. 1968. 86 minutos. Technicolor. Techniscope. A.C. Lyles (Paramount). Howard Keel, Yvonne De Carlo, John Ireland.

    English-Spanish dictionary of western films > Selander, Lesley

  • 20 down

    I [daʊn]

    to go down — andare giù, scendere

    to fall down — cadere (giù), crollare

    is Tim down yet? (from upstairs) è già sceso Tim?

    down! (to dog) a cuccia!

    "down" — (in crossword) "verticali"

    down below — giù, in basso; (when looking down from height) laggiù

    they live down southcolloq. vivono nel Sud

    4) (in a range, scale, hierarchy)
    5) (indicating loss of money etc.)

    bookings are down by a half — le prenotazioni si sono dimezzate, sono diminuite della metà

    to get one's weight down — dimagrire, perdere peso

    that's seven down, three to go! — fatti sette o via sette, ne restano tre!

    7) (on list, schedule)

    I've got you down for Thursday (in appointment book) le ho fissato un appuntamento per giovedì

    to be down with the flu — avere l'influenza, essere a letto con l'influenza

    to be two sets down — [ tennis player] essere in svantaggio di due set

    ••
    ••
    Note:
    Down often occurs as the second element in verb combinations in English ( go down, fall down, get down, keep down, put down etc.). For translations, consult the appropriate verb entry (go, fall, get, keep, put etc.). - When used after such verbs as sit or lie, down implies the action being done. Compare the following examples and their translations: she is sitting = lei siede / è seduta; she is sitting down = lei si siede / si sta sedendo. - For examples and further usages, see the entry below
    II [daʊn] III [daʊn]
    1) colloq.

    to feel down — sentersi giù, a terra

    2) [ escalator] che scende; BE [ train] che va in provincia (dalla città principale)
    3) inform. fuori uso, guasto
    IV [daʊn]
    1) abbattere, buttare a terra [ person]; abbattere [ plane]

    he downed his beersi è scolato o ha tracannato la sua birra

    V [daʊn]

    to have a down on sb. — colloq. avercela con qcn

    VI [daʊn]
    1) (of birds) piumino m.
    2) (of body, plants) lanugine f., peluria f.
    * * *
    I 1. adverb
    1) (towards or in a low or lower position, level or state: He climbed down to the bottom of the ladder.)
    2) (on or to the ground: The little boy fell down and cut his knee.)
    3) (from earlier to later times: The recipe has been handed down in our family for years.)
    4) (from a greater to a smaller size, amount etc: Prices have been going down steadily.)
    5) (towards or in a place thought of as being lower, especially southward or away from a centre: We went down from Glasgow to Bristol.)
    2. preposition
    1) (in a lower position on: Their house is halfway down the hill.)
    2) (to a lower position on, by, through or along: Water poured down the drain.)
    3) (along: The teacher's gaze travelled slowly down the line of children.)
    3. verb
    (to finish (a drink) very quickly, especially in one gulp: He downed a pint of beer.)
    - downwards
    - downward
    - down-and-out
    - down-at-heel
    - downcast
    - downfall
    - downgrade
    - downhearted
    - downhill
    - downhill racing
    - downhill skiing
    - down-in-the-mouth
    - down payment
    - downpour
    - downright
    4. adjective - downstream
    - down-to-earth
    - downtown
    - downtown
    - down-trodden
    - be/go down with
    - down on one's luck
    - down tools
    - down with
    - get down to
    - suit someone down to the ground
    - suit down to the ground
    II noun
    (small, soft feathers: a quilt filled with down.)
    - downy
    * * *
    down (1) /daʊn/
    n.
    ● (geogr.) the Downs, la rada di Deal □ (geogr.) the South Downs, le colline gessose nel sud dell'Inghilterra.
    down (2) /daʊn/
    n. [u]
    2 [u] lanugine; peluria
    ● ( USA) down comforter, piumino da letto □ down pillow, guanciale di piume.
    ♦ down (3) /daʊn/
    A avv. e a. pred.
    1 giù: Put that book down, metti giù quel libro; They held him down, lo hanno tenuto giù (o a terra); He had his head down, teneva la testa giù; stava a capo chino; The flap of this envelope won't stay down, il lembo di questa busta non vuole star giù; to lie face down, giacere a faccia in giù; Keep down!, sta' giù!; He's awake, but not down yet, è sveglio, ma non è ancora sceso ( dalla sua camera); The blinds were down, le tapparelle erano giù (o abbassate); Her hair was down, aveva i capelli sciolti ( sulle spalle); The river is down, il fiume è in stanca, l'acqua del fiume è bassa; The sun was already down below the horizon, il sole è già sceso sotto la linea dell'orizzonte; The tide is down, la marea è calata; Get down off the table!, scendi giù dal tavolo!; He crouched down behind a bush, si è accovacciato dietro un cespuglio; They swam down to look at the wreck, sono scesi a nuoto per vedere il relitto; to fly from Inverness down to London, scendere in aereo da Inverness a Londra; He gulped down his coffee, ha trangugiato il caffè
    2 ( di cifra, valore) to be down, essere sceso: ( sport) The gap is down to 20 seconds, il ritardo è sceso a 20 secondi; Unemployment is down by 3%, la disoccupazione è scesa del 3%; Exports are down to an all-time low, le esportazioni sono scese al minimo storico; Gold is down ( in price), l'oro è in ribasso; The Dow was down more than 50 points on yesterday, il Dow Jones ha perso 50 punti nel corso della giornata di ieri
    3 to be down, essere sotto (fig.); ( anche sport) essere in svantaggio; ( nelle corse) essere in ritardo: (autom.) to be two laps down, essere in ritardo di due giri; The gambler was 10,000 dollars down, il giocatore era sotto di 10 000 dollari; They were three goals down with four minutes left to play, erano sotto di tre reti, con appena quattro minuti ancora da giocare; Two down at half time, we eventually won 4-2, in svantaggio di due gol alla fine del primo tempo, alla fine abbiamo vinto per 4 a 2
    4 (comm.) come acconto: Five hundred dollars down and the remainder in instalments, un acconto di cinquecento dollari e il resto a rate
    5 per iscritto: to be [to get st.] down on paper, essere [mettere qc.] per iscritto; Write this number down, annotati questo numero; I took down the details of the job, mi sono scritto i dati relativi al lavoro
    6 in lista: Put me ( o my name) down for ten pounds, mettimi in lista per dieci sterline; Are you down for the football team?, sei in lista per la squadra di calcio?; I'm down for the late shift on Friday, mi hanno messo nell'ultimo turno venerdì
    7 giù (di morale); depresso: I'm feeling a bit down today, oggi mi sento un po' giù (di morale); He was very down after failing his exam, era molto giù dopo essere stato bocciato all'esame
    8 a partire dall'alto: You'll find it in the third drawer down, lo troverai nel terzo cassetto a partire dall'alto
    9 da cima a fondo; a fondo: They washed the walls down, hanno lavato a fondo i muri
    10 ( di un apparecchio, ecc.) fuori uso (o inattivo): My computer is down, il mio computer è fuori uso; All the phone lines are down, tutte le linee telefoniche sono inattive
    11 (fam.) a letto: to go (o to come) down with flu, finire a letto con l'influenza; He's down with flu, è a letto con l'influenza
    13 (idiom., per es.:) Nail the lid down!, inchioda il coperchio!; We went down to Sicily, siamo andati in Sicilia; When are you coming down for the weekend?, quando vieni a passare qui un fine settimana?; He's just gone down to the post office, è appena andato alla posta; I saw her down by the river, l'ho vista in riva al fiume; down at the end of the street, in fondo alla strada
    14 ( in alcune università ingl.) ( di un docente) non in servizio, in sabbatico; ( di uno studente) in vacanza; ( anche) espulso
    15 ( sport) ( della palla) fuori gioco; ( baseball: di un giocatore) eliminato; ( cricket: del wicket) abbattuto
    17 (nei verbi frasali, è idiom.; per es.:) to go down, andare giù; scendere; tramontare; ecc.; to come down, venire giù; to get sb. down, deprimere q.; ecc. (► to go, to come; to get; ecc.) NOTA D'USO: - up to o down to?-
    B inter.
    1 giù!; a terra!
    2 ( a un cane) a cuccia!; seduto!
    ● (naut.) to be down by the head, essere appruato □ (naut.) to be down by the stern, essere appoppato □ (in USA) Down-Easter, abitante della Nuova Inghilterra (spec. del Maine) □ ( boxe) to be down for the count, subire il conteggio totale; essere contato fino a 10 □ ( boxe) to be down for a count of 8, essere contato fino a 8 □ down here, qui attorno; da queste parti □ (fam.) to be down in the mouth, essere abbattuto (o triste, scoraggiato) □ (fam.) to be down on sb., avercela con q.: She's been down on me since I criticized her work, ce l'ha con me da quando ho criticato il suo lavoro □ to be down on one's luck, attraversare un brutto periodo; essere messo male ( a soldi) □ to be down to sb., spettare (o toccare) a q.: It's down to you to find out a solution to the problem, tocca a te trovare una soluzione al problema □ to be down to st., essere dovuto a (o causato da) q.: The crash was thought to be down to fog, si riteneva che l'incidente fosse dovuto alla nebbia □ to be down to one's last st. –: By the end of the week I was down to my last five pounds, alla fine della settimana mi erano rimaste le ultime cinque sterline □ to put st. down to st., attribuire (la causa di) qc. a qc.: He put her symptoms down to tiredness, attribuiva i suoi sintomi alla stanchezza □ down south, giù nel sud □ down there, laggiù □ down to, fino a: Everything was planned down to the last detail, era tutto pianificato fino all'ultimo dettaglio; Her dress came down to her ankles, il vestito le arrivava alle caviglie; from the wealthiest aristocrat down to the poorest beggar, dal più ricco degli aristocratici al più povero dei mendicanti □ down-to-earth, ( di persona) realista, pratico; coi piedi per terra (fam.); ( di un progetto, ecc.) realistico, concreto □ (fam.) down to the ground, completamente; del tutto: This job suits her down to the ground, questo lavoro è assolutamente perfetto per lei □ (fam.) down under, dall'altra parte del mondo; agli antipodi; in Australia (o in Nuova Zelanda) □ down with, abbasso: Down with the dictator!, abbasso il dittatore! □ to come down to earth, tornare con i piedi per terra (fig.); aprire gli occhi (fig.) □ Three down, and four to go, tre sono fatti, e quattro (ancora) da fare.
    down (4) /daʊn/
    a. attr.
    (che va) in giù, verso il basso; rivolto in basso: a down escalator, una scala mobile che scende; a down arrow, una freccia in giù
    down-and-dirty, nudo e crudo: down-and-dirty rock, rock nudo e crudo; to get down-and-dirty with sb., scoprire gli altarini di q. □ (ingl.) down draught, ( USA) down draft, corrente d'aria discendente □ (comm.) down payment, acconto □ (ferr.) down platform, marciapiede di partenza (o d'arrivo) di un «down train» □ down shaftdowncast (2) □ a down train, un treno che dalla città principale (per es., Londra) porta in provincia.
    ♦ down (5) /daʊn/
    prep.
    1 giù per; a valle di: She ran down the stairs, è corsa giù per le scale; to walk down a hill, andare giù per un colle; discendere un colle; down the drain, giù per il tubo di scarico; to sail down a river, navigare giù per (o verso la foce di) un fiume; scendere un fiume; The village is a few miles down the Thames, il villaggio è a qualche miglia scendendo il Tamigi
    2 lungo; per: down the corridor, lungo il corridoio; Her hair was hanging down her back, i capelli le scendevano lungo la schiena; He was running down the street, correva per la strada
    3 in fondo a: The train disappeared down the tunnel, il treno è scomparso in fondo alla galleria
    4 ( di tempo) nel corso di: down the centuries [years], nel corso dei secoli [degli anni]
    down the left ( hand side), sulla sinistra; sul fianco (o sul lato) sinistro: A run down the left put him in a position to shoot, con una corsa sulla sinistra si è ritrovato in posizione di tiro □ (fam. USA) down the line, in linea gerarchica; facendo tutta la scala (fig.); ( anche) nei quartieri malfamati ( di una città) □ down the right ( hand side), sulla destra; sul lato (o sul fianco) destro □ down the road, più giù lungo la strada; (fig.) nel futuro: They live just down the road, abitano in questa strada, un po' più giù: How do you see yourself five years down the road?, come ti vedi nei cinque anni a venire? □ to get st. down in one, ingoiare (o buttare giù) qc. tutto d'un colpo □ to go down the pan (o the tubes), andare a farsi friggere: The whole project has gone down the pan, tutto il progetto è andato a farsi friggere.
    down (6) /daʊn/
    n.
    1 basso; rovescio ( della sorte): the ups and downs of life, gli alti e bassi della vita
    2 ( football americano) «down»; gioco
    ● (fam.) to have a down on sb., provare avversione (o antipatia) per q.; avercela con q.
    (to) down /daʊn/
    v. t. (fam.)
    1 trangugiare, scolarsi (fam.): to down a bottle of wine, scolarsi una bottiglia di vino: He downed his hot dog in three bites, ha trangugiato il suo hot dog in un paio di bocconi
    2 mettere giù; posare: to down the ball, mettere a terra la palla
    3 abbattere; atterrare
    4 (mil.) abbattere ( un aereo, ecc.)
    5 (fam. USA) battere, sconfiggere ( un avversario)
    6 ( boxe, lotta) atterrare; mettere (o mandare) al tappeto
    to down tools, incrociare le braccia; scioperare; ( di un sindacato) proclamare lo sciopero.
    * * *
    I [daʊn]

    to go down — andare giù, scendere

    to fall down — cadere (giù), crollare

    is Tim down yet? (from upstairs) è già sceso Tim?

    down! (to dog) a cuccia!

    "down" — (in crossword) "verticali"

    down below — giù, in basso; (when looking down from height) laggiù

    they live down southcolloq. vivono nel Sud

    4) (in a range, scale, hierarchy)
    5) (indicating loss of money etc.)

    bookings are down by a half — le prenotazioni si sono dimezzate, sono diminuite della metà

    to get one's weight down — dimagrire, perdere peso

    that's seven down, three to go! — fatti sette o via sette, ne restano tre!

    7) (on list, schedule)

    I've got you down for Thursday (in appointment book) le ho fissato un appuntamento per giovedì

    to be down with the flu — avere l'influenza, essere a letto con l'influenza

    to be two sets down — [ tennis player] essere in svantaggio di due set

    ••
    ••
    Note:
    Down often occurs as the second element in verb combinations in English ( go down, fall down, get down, keep down, put down etc.). For translations, consult the appropriate verb entry (go, fall, get, keep, put etc.). - When used after such verbs as sit or lie, down implies the action being done. Compare the following examples and their translations: she is sitting = lei siede / è seduta; she is sitting down = lei si siede / si sta sedendo. - For examples and further usages, see the entry below
    II [daʊn] III [daʊn]
    1) colloq.

    to feel down — sentersi giù, a terra

    2) [ escalator] che scende; BE [ train] che va in provincia (dalla città principale)
    3) inform. fuori uso, guasto
    IV [daʊn]
    1) abbattere, buttare a terra [ person]; abbattere [ plane]

    he downed his beersi è scolato o ha tracannato la sua birra

    V [daʊn]

    to have a down on sb. — colloq. avercela con qcn

    VI [daʊn]
    1) (of birds) piumino m.
    2) (of body, plants) lanugine f., peluria f.

    English-Italian dictionary > down

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Way of the Master — logo. Type NGO Purpose/focus Evangelism Headquarters Bellflower, California …   Wikipedia

  • The Way We Went Wild — is a three part BBC TV series, first shown on BBC Two, about British wildlife presenters. It was narratted by Josette Simon.Episode 1Episode 1, screened on June 13, 2004, featured Johnny Morris and Bill Oddie.Episode 2Episode 2, screened on June… …   Wikipedia

  • The Way of the World (book) — Infobox book | name = The Way of the World: A Story of Truth and Hope in an Age of Extremism author = Ron Suskind country = United States language = English subject = Politics publisher = Harper release date = August 5, 2008 pages = 432 isbn =… …   Wikipedia

  • The Way You Love Me (Faith Hill song) — Single infobox Name = The Way You Love Me Artist = Faith Hill from Album = Breathe B side = Never Gonna Be Your Lady Released = September 19, 2000 Format = CD Single Writer = Keith Follesé, Michael Delaney Producer = Byron Gallimore, Faith Hill,… …   Wikipedia

  • The Way You Like It — Infobox Single Name = The Way You Like It Artist = Adema from Album = Adema Recorded = 2000 2001 in Los Angeles, CA Released = 2002 Genre = Nu metal Length = 3:40 Label = Arista Records Writer = Adema Producer = Bill Appleberry, Tobias Miller… …   Wikipedia

  • The Way That I Am — Infobox Album Name = The Way That I Am Type = studio Artist = Martina McBride Released = start date|1993|9|14 Recorded = Genre = Country Length = Label = RCA Nashville Producer = Paul Worley Martina McBride Reviews = Last album = The Time Has… …   Wikipedia

  • The Nutcracker Suite (Tim Sparks album) — The Nutcracker Suite Studio album by Tim Sparks Released 1993 Recorded 1992 …   Wikipedia

  • To lead the way — Lead Lead (l[=e]d), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Led} (l[e^]d); p. pr. & vb. n. {Leading}.] [OE. leden, AS. l[=ae]dan (akin to OS. l[=e]dian, D. leiden, G. leiten, Icel. le[imac][eth]a, Sw. leda, Dan. lede), properly a causative fr. AS. li[eth]an to go;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Just the Way You Are (film) — Infobox Film name = Just the Way You Are caption = Home video release cover. director = Edouard Molinaro producer = Léo L. Fuchs eproducer = aproducer = writer = Allan Burns starring = Kristy McNichol Michael Ontkean music = Vladimir Cosma… …   Wikipedia

  • Show Me The Way to Go Home — Infobox Television episode | Title = Show Me the Way to Go Home Series = Touched by an Angel Season = 1 Episode = 2 Airdate = September 28, 1994 (CBS) Production = 102 Writer = Martha Williamson Director = Tim Bond Prev = The Southbound Bus Next …   Wikipedia

  • way — way1 [ weı ] noun count *** ▸ 1 method/manner ▸ 2 direction/distance ▸ 3 means of going in/out ▸ 4 area/position ▸ 5 situation/condition ▸ 6 aspect/attitude ▸ + PHRASES 1. ) a method for doing something: way (that): There are so many delicious… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»